<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Grundel</id>
	<title>MOR Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Grundel"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/Special:Contributions/Grundel"/>
	<updated>2026-04-13T02:05:58Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=MOR_Toolbox&amp;diff=1643</id>
		<title>MOR Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=MOR_Toolbox&amp;diff=1643"/>
		<updated>2014-01-31T09:46:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: Created page with &amp;quot;Test&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Test&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1634</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1634"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T14:05:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the MOR Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Model Order Reduction (MOR) Wiki is to bring together experts in the area of model reduction, as well as researchers from application areas in an attempt to provide a platform for exchanging ideas and examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modeling and numerical simulation are unavoidable in many application and research areas, e.g. reaction processes, micro-electro-mechanical systems ([[:Wikipedia:MEMS|MEMS]]) design, and control design. The processes or devices can be modeled by partial differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Partial_differential_equation|PDEs]]). To simulate such models, spatial discretization via e.g. finite element discretization is necessary, which results in a system of ordinary differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Ordinary_differential_equation|ODEs]]), or differential algebraic equations ([[:Wikipedia:Differential_algebraic_equation|DAEs]]). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After spatial discretization, the number of degrees of freedom is usually very high. It is therefore very time consuming to simulate such large-scale systems of ODEs or DAEs. Developed from well-established mathematical theories and robust numerical algorithms, MOR (see [[Projection based MOR]] for the basic idea) has been recognized as very efficient for reducing the simulation time of large-scale systems. Through model order reduction, a small system with reduced number of equations (reduced model) is derived. The reduced model is simulated instead, and the solution of the original PDEs or ODEs can then be recovered from the solution of the reduced model. As a result, the simulation time of the original large-scale system can be shortened by several orders of magnitude. The reduced model as a whole can also replace the original system and be reused repeatedly during the design process, which can further save much time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Parametric_method|Parametric model order reduction (PMOR) methods]] are designed for model order reduction of parametrized systems, where the parameters of the system play an important role in practical applications such as Integrated Circuit (IC) design, MEMS design, and chemical engineering. The parameters could be the variables describing geometrical measurements, material properties, the damping of the system or the component flow-rate. The reduced models are constructed such that all the parameters can be preserved with acceptable accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MOR Wiki is divided in pages providing [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmarks of parametric or non-parametric models]] and pages explaining applicable (P)MOR [[:Category:Method|methods]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[submission rules]], one can also submit new benchmarks or method pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;wikitwidget class=&amp;quot;twitter-timeline&amp;quot;  href=&amp;quot;https://twitter.com/mor_wiki&amp;quot;  data-widget-id=&amp;quot;428887480843001856&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Categories in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:categories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Benchmark&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Method&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Software&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Pages Currently in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:allpages}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1633</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1633"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T14:04:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the MOR Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Model Order Reduction (MOR) Wiki is to bring together experts in the area of model reduction, as well as researchers from application areas in an attempt to provide a platform for exchanging ideas and examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modeling and numerical simulation are unavoidable in many application and research areas, e.g. reaction processes, micro-electro-mechanical systems ([[:Wikipedia:MEMS|MEMS]]) design, and control design. The processes or devices can be modeled by partial differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Partial_differential_equation|PDEs]]). To simulate such models, spatial discretization via e.g. finite element discretization is necessary, which results in a system of ordinary differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Ordinary_differential_equation|ODEs]]), or differential algebraic equations ([[:Wikipedia:Differential_algebraic_equation|DAEs]]). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After spatial discretization, the number of degrees of freedom is usually very high. It is therefore very time consuming to simulate such large-scale systems of ODEs or DAEs. Developed from well-established mathematical theories and robust numerical algorithms, MOR (see [[Projection based MOR]] for the basic idea) has been recognized as very efficient for reducing the simulation time of large-scale systems. Through model order reduction, a small system with reduced number of equations (reduced model) is derived. The reduced model is simulated instead, and the solution of the original PDEs or ODEs can then be recovered from the solution of the reduced model. As a result, the simulation time of the original large-scale system can be shortened by several orders of magnitude. The reduced model as a whole can also replace the original system and be reused repeatedly during the design process, which can further save much time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Parametric_method|Parametric model order reduction (PMOR) methods]] are designed for model order reduction of parametrized systems, where the parameters of the system play an important role in practical applications such as Integrated Circuit (IC) design, MEMS design, and chemical engineering. The parameters could be the variables describing geometrical measurements, material properties, the damping of the system or the component flow-rate. The reduced models are constructed such that all the parameters can be preserved with acceptable accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MOR Wiki is divided in pages providing [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmarks of parametric or non-parametric models]] and pages explaining applicable (P)MOR [[:Category:Method|methods]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[submission rules]], one can also submit new benchmarks or method pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;wikitwidget class=&amp;quot;twitter-timeline&amp;quot;  href=&amp;quot;https://twitter.com/mor_wiki&amp;quot;  data-widget-id=&amp;quot;428887480843001856&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Categories in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:categories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Benchmark&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Method&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Software&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Pages Currently in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:allpages}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1632</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1632"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T14:04:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the MOR Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Model Order Reduction (MOR) Wiki is to bring together experts in the area of model reduction, as well as researchers from application areas in an attempt to provide a platform for exchanging ideas and examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modeling and numerical simulation are unavoidable in many application and research areas, e.g. reaction processes, micro-electro-mechanical systems ([[:Wikipedia:MEMS|MEMS]]) design, and control design. The processes or devices can be modeled by partial differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Partial_differential_equation|PDEs]]). To simulate such models, spatial discretization via e.g. finite element discretization is necessary, which results in a system of ordinary differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Ordinary_differential_equation|ODEs]]), or differential algebraic equations ([[:Wikipedia:Differential_algebraic_equation|DAEs]]). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After spatial discretization, the number of degrees of freedom is usually very high. It is therefore very time consuming to simulate such large-scale systems of ODEs or DAEs. Developed from well-established mathematical theories and robust numerical algorithms, MOR (see [[Projection based MOR]] for the basic idea) has been recognized as very efficient for reducing the simulation time of large-scale systems. Through model order reduction, a small system with reduced number of equations (reduced model) is derived. The reduced model is simulated instead, and the solution of the original PDEs or ODEs can then be recovered from the solution of the reduced model. As a result, the simulation time of the original large-scale system can be shortened by several orders of magnitude. The reduced model as a whole can also replace the original system and be reused repeatedly during the design process, which can further save much time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Parametric_method|Parametric model order reduction (PMOR) methods]] are designed for model order reduction of parametrized systems, where the parameters of the system play an important role in practical applications such as Integrated Circuit (IC) design, MEMS design, and chemical engineering. The parameters could be the variables describing geometrical measurements, material properties, the damping of the system or the component flow-rate. The reduced models are constructed such that all the parameters can be preserved with acceptable accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MOR Wiki is divided in pages providing [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmarks of parametric or non-parametric models]] and pages explaining applicable (P)MOR [[:Category:Method|methods]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[submission rules]], one can also submit new benchmarks or method pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;wikitwidget class=&amp;quot;twitter-timeline&amp;quot;  href=&amp;quot;https://twitter.com/mor_wiki&amp;quot;  data-widget-id=&amp;quot;428887480843001856&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Categories in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:categories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Benchmark&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Method&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Software&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Pages Currently in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:allpages}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1631</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1631"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T14:04:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: TEst&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox State Representative&lt;br /&gt;
| name                =Abbott Barnes Rice&lt;br /&gt;
| image               =&lt;br /&gt;
| caption             = &lt;br /&gt;
| state_house1         =Massachusetts&lt;br /&gt;
| district1            = Newton, Middlesex&lt;br /&gt;
| term_start1          = 1919&lt;br /&gt;
| term_end1           = 1922&lt;br /&gt;
| preceded1           = &lt;br /&gt;
| succeeded1          = &lt;br /&gt;
| party1               =&lt;br /&gt;
| state_senate2         =Massachusetts&lt;br /&gt;
| district2            = Newton, Middlesex&lt;br /&gt;
| term_start2          = 1923&lt;br /&gt;
| term_end2           = 1926&lt;br /&gt;
| preceded2            = &lt;br /&gt;
| succeeded2          = &lt;br /&gt;
| party2               =&lt;br /&gt;
| birth_date          ={{birth date|1862|4|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
| birth_place         = [[Hopkinton, Massachusetts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| death_date          = {{death date and age |1926|10|10|1862|4|17}} &lt;br /&gt;
| death_place         = [[Newton, Massachusetts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| alma_mater          = [[Brown University]] [[Bachelor of arts|A.B.]] 1884 and  [[Master of Arts (postgraduate)|A.M.]] 1889&lt;br /&gt;
| profession          = merchant, state legislator&lt;br /&gt;
| spouse              = Amy Thurber Bridges (m. 29 August 1890)&lt;br /&gt;
| children            = Adams Thurber Rice (1892-1976)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[Willard Rice|Willard Wadsworth Rice]] (1895-1967)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Lawrence Bridges Rice (1898-1992)&lt;br /&gt;
| residence           =[[Hopkinton, Massachusetts]], &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[Newton, Massachusetts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| religion            =[[Congregational church|Congregational]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the MOR Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Model Order Reduction (MOR) Wiki is to bring together experts in the area of model reduction, as well as researchers from application areas in an attempt to provide a platform for exchanging ideas and examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modeling and numerical simulation are unavoidable in many application and research areas, e.g. reaction processes, micro-electro-mechanical systems ([[:Wikipedia:MEMS|MEMS]]) design, and control design. The processes or devices can be modeled by partial differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Partial_differential_equation|PDEs]]). To simulate such models, spatial discretization via e.g. finite element discretization is necessary, which results in a system of ordinary differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Ordinary_differential_equation|ODEs]]), or differential algebraic equations ([[:Wikipedia:Differential_algebraic_equation|DAEs]]). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After spatial discretization, the number of degrees of freedom is usually very high. It is therefore very time consuming to simulate such large-scale systems of ODEs or DAEs. Developed from well-established mathematical theories and robust numerical algorithms, MOR (see [[Projection based MOR]] for the basic idea) has been recognized as very efficient for reducing the simulation time of large-scale systems. Through model order reduction, a small system with reduced number of equations (reduced model) is derived. The reduced model is simulated instead, and the solution of the original PDEs or ODEs can then be recovered from the solution of the reduced model. As a result, the simulation time of the original large-scale system can be shortened by several orders of magnitude. The reduced model as a whole can also replace the original system and be reused repeatedly during the design process, which can further save much time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Parametric_method|Parametric model order reduction (PMOR) methods]] are designed for model order reduction of parametrized systems, where the parameters of the system play an important role in practical applications such as Integrated Circuit (IC) design, MEMS design, and chemical engineering. The parameters could be the variables describing geometrical measurements, material properties, the damping of the system or the component flow-rate. The reduced models are constructed such that all the parameters can be preserved with acceptable accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MOR Wiki is divided in pages providing [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmarks of parametric or non-parametric models]] and pages explaining applicable (P)MOR [[:Category:Method|methods]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[submission rules]], one can also submit new benchmarks or method pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;wikitwidget class=&amp;quot;twitter-timeline&amp;quot;  href=&amp;quot;https://twitter.com/mor_wiki&amp;quot;  data-widget-id=&amp;quot;428887480843001856&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Categories in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:categories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Benchmark&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Method&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Software&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Pages Currently in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:allpages}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1630</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1630"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T13:59:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the MOR Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Model Order Reduction (MOR) Wiki is to bring together experts in the area of model reduction, as well as researchers from application areas in an attempt to provide a platform for exchanging ideas and examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modeling and numerical simulation are unavoidable in many application and research areas, e.g. reaction processes, micro-electro-mechanical systems ([[:Wikipedia:MEMS|MEMS]]) design, and control design. The processes or devices can be modeled by partial differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Partial_differential_equation|PDEs]]). To simulate such models, spatial discretization via e.g. finite element discretization is necessary, which results in a system of ordinary differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Ordinary_differential_equation|ODEs]]), or differential algebraic equations ([[:Wikipedia:Differential_algebraic_equation|DAEs]]). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After spatial discretization, the number of degrees of freedom is usually very high. It is therefore very time consuming to simulate such large-scale systems of ODEs or DAEs. Developed from well-established mathematical theories and robust numerical algorithms, MOR (see [[Projection based MOR]] for the basic idea) has been recognized as very efficient for reducing the simulation time of large-scale systems. Through model order reduction, a small system with reduced number of equations (reduced model) is derived. The reduced model is simulated instead, and the solution of the original PDEs or ODEs can then be recovered from the solution of the reduced model. As a result, the simulation time of the original large-scale system can be shortened by several orders of magnitude. The reduced model as a whole can also replace the original system and be reused repeatedly during the design process, which can further save much time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Parametric_method|Parametric model order reduction (PMOR) methods]] are designed for model order reduction of parametrized systems, where the parameters of the system play an important role in practical applications such as Integrated Circuit (IC) design, MEMS design, and chemical engineering. The parameters could be the variables describing geometrical measurements, material properties, the damping of the system or the component flow-rate. The reduced models are constructed such that all the parameters can be preserved with acceptable accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MOR Wiki is divided in pages providing [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmarks of parametric or non-parametric models]] and pages explaining applicable (P)MOR [[:Category:Method|methods]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[submission rules]], one can also submit new benchmarks or method pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;wikitwidget class=&amp;quot;twitter-timeline&amp;quot;  href=&amp;quot;https://twitter.com/mor_wiki&amp;quot;  data-widget-id=&amp;quot;428887480843001856&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Categories in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:categories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Benchmark&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Method&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Software&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Pages Currently in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:allpages}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1629</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=1629"/>
		<updated>2014-01-30T13:57:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: twidget input&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Welcome to the MOR Wiki&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The purpose of the Model Order Reduction (MOR) Wiki is to bring together experts in the area of model reduction, as well as researchers from application areas in an attempt to provide a platform for exchanging ideas and examples. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modeling and numerical simulation are unavoidable in many application and research areas, e.g. reaction processes, micro-electro-mechanical systems ([[:Wikipedia:MEMS|MEMS]]) design, and control design. The processes or devices can be modeled by partial differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Partial_differential_equation|PDEs]]). To simulate such models, spatial discretization via e.g. finite element discretization is necessary, which results in a system of ordinary differential equations ([[:Wikipedia:Ordinary_differential_equation|ODEs]]), or differential algebraic equations ([[:Wikipedia:Differential_algebraic_equation|DAEs]]). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
After spatial discretization, the number of degrees of freedom is usually very high. It is therefore very time consuming to simulate such large-scale systems of ODEs or DAEs. Developed from well-established mathematical theories and robust numerical algorithms, MOR (see [[Projection based MOR]] for the basic idea) has been recognized as very efficient for reducing the simulation time of large-scale systems. Through model order reduction, a small system with reduced number of equations (reduced model) is derived. The reduced model is simulated instead, and the solution of the original PDEs or ODEs can then be recovered from the solution of the reduced model. As a result, the simulation time of the original large-scale system can be shortened by several orders of magnitude. The reduced model as a whole can also replace the original system and be reused repeatedly during the design process, which can further save much time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[:Category:Parametric_method|Parametric model order reduction (PMOR) methods]] are designed for model order reduction of parametrized systems, where the parameters of the system play an important role in practical applications such as Integrated Circuit (IC) design, MEMS design, and chemical engineering. The parameters could be the variables describing geometrical measurements, material properties, the damping of the system or the component flow-rate. The reduced models are constructed such that all the parameters can be preserved with acceptable accuracy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MOR Wiki is divided in pages providing [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmarks of parametric or non-parametric models]] and pages explaining applicable (P)MOR [[:Category:Method|methods]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the [[submission rules]], one can also submit new benchmarks or method pages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consult the [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Contents User&#039;s Guide] for information on using the wiki software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;wikitwidget class=&amp;quot;twitter-timeline&amp;quot;  href=&amp;quot;https://twitter.com/mor_wiki&amp;quot;  data-widget-id=&amp;quot;428887480843001856&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;script&amp;gt;!function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0],p=/^http:/.test(d.location)?&#039;http&#039;:&#039;https&#039;;if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src=p+&amp;quot;://platform.twitter.com/widgets.js&amp;quot;;fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,&amp;quot;script&amp;quot;,&amp;quot;twitter-wjs&amp;quot;);&amp;lt;/script&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Categories in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:categories}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|- valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Benchmark&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Method&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt; || &amp;lt;categorytree mode=all&amp;gt;Software&amp;lt;/categorytree&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List of all Pages Currently in the Wiki ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{special:allpages}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Projection_based_MOR&amp;diff=1604</id>
		<title>Projection based MOR</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Projection_based_MOR&amp;diff=1604"/>
		<updated>2013-12-10T16:16:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
Consider the linear time invariant system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E \frac{dx(t)}{dt}=A x(t)+B u(t), \quad&lt;br /&gt;
y(t)=Cx(t),    \quad \quad (1)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
as an example. &lt;br /&gt;
All the existing model order reduction ([[List_of_abbreviations#MOR|MOR]]) methods are based on projection&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Antoulas, A. C. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718713 Approximation of large-scale dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;. Vol. 6. Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, pp.376--377, 2009; ISBN 978-0-89871-529-3&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
That is to find a subspace &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which approximates the manifold where the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; resides. &lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is approximated by a vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tilde x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;
The reduced model is produced by [[Petrov-Galerkin projection]] onto a subspace &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, or by [[Galerkin projection]] onto the same subspace &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
Assuming that an orthonormal basis &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V=(v_1,v_2, \ldots, v_q)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of the subspace &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; has been found, then the approximation &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tilde x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be represented by the basis as &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\hat{z} (t)=V z(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be approximated by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; x(t) \approx V z(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of length &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;q \ll n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
Once &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is computed, an approximate solution &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\tilde x(t)=V z(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
The vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be computed from the reduced model which is  derived by the following two steps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 1. By replacing &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in (1) with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Vz&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, we get&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E \frac{d{Vz}}{dt} \approx A Vz+Bu(t),\quad y(t) \approx CV z.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Step 2. The residual is denoted as &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;e=AVz+Bu(t)-E \frac{d{Vz}}{dt}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Forcing &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;e=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in a properly chosen subspace &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb {R}^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; leads to the Petrov-Galerkin projection: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W^T e=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where the columns of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the basis of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
Then we have,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W^TE \frac{d{V z}}{t}=W^TA Vz +W^T B u(t), \quad \hat{y}(t)=CVz.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By defining &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\hat{E}=W^TEV&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\hat {A}=W^TAV, \hat{B}=W^TB&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\hat{C}=CV&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, we get the final reduced model&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\hat{E} \frac{dz(t)}{dt}=\hat{A}z(t)+\hat{B}u(t), \quad &lt;br /&gt;
\hat{y}(t)=\hat{C}z(t).    \quad \quad (2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice that the approximation &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\hat x(t)=Vz(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  can be obtained from &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; z(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; by solving the system in (2). &lt;br /&gt;
The system in (2) is much smaller than the system in (1) in the sense that there are many less equations in (2) than in (1). &lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, the system in (2) is much easier to be solved, which is the so-called reduced model. &lt;br /&gt;
In order to save the simulation time of solving (1), the reduced model can be used to replace (1) to attain a fast simulation. Furthermore, the error between the two systems should be within acceptable tolerance. &lt;br /&gt;
The error can be measured through the error between the the state vectors &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t), \hat x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, or between the output responses &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y(t), \hat y(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, or between the transfer functions of the two systems.&lt;br /&gt;
It can be seen that once the two matrices &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; have been computed, the reduced model is obtained. &lt;br /&gt;
While the Gramian based MOR methods (e.g. [[Balanced Truncation]]) usually compute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; different from &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, some methods use &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W=V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, e.g. some of the [[Moment-matching method]]s, the [[Reduced Basis PMOR method]]s, and some of the [[POD method]]s etc.. When &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W=V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, Petrov-Galerkin projection becomes Galerkin projection. &lt;br /&gt;
MOR methods differ in the computation of the two matrices &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
The Gramian based MOR methods compute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; by the controllability and observability Gramians. &lt;br /&gt;
Reduced basis methods and [[List_of_abbreviations#POD|POD]] methods compute &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; from the snapshots of the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; at different time steps (also at the samples of the parameters if the system is parametric). The methods based on moment-matching compute :&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; from the moments of the transfer function. &lt;br /&gt;
In eigenvalue based MOR methods, e.g. [[Modal truncation]], the columns of :&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are eigenvectors or invariant subspaces corresponding to selected eigenvalues of the matrix pair &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(A,E)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One common goal of all MOR methods is that the behavior of the reduced model should be sufficiently &amp;quot;close&amp;quot; to that of the original model guaranteed through the above mentioned error measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=User:Grundel&amp;diff=1554</id>
		<title>User:Grundel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=User:Grundel&amp;diff=1554"/>
		<updated>2013-06-13T06:49:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sara Grundel&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Computational Methods in Systems and Control Theory,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Max Planck Institute for Dynamics of Complex Technical Systems,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sandtorstr. 1,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
39106 Magdeburg&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tel.: +49-391-6110-805&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fax: +49-391-6110-453&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E-mail: grundel@mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/mpcsc/grundel/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Talk:Iterative_Rational_Krylov_Algorithm&amp;diff=1534</id>
		<title>Talk:Iterative Rational Krylov Algorithm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Talk:Iterative_Rational_Krylov_Algorithm&amp;diff=1534"/>
		<updated>2013-05-30T12:09:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Talk:Iterative_Rational_Krylov_Algorithm&amp;diff=1533</id>
		<title>Talk:Iterative Rational Krylov Algorithm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Talk:Iterative_Rational_Krylov_Algorithm&amp;diff=1533"/>
		<updated>2013-05-30T12:08:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear algebra]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Iterative_Rational_Krylov_Algorithm&amp;diff=1510</id>
		<title>Iterative Rational Krylov Algorithm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Iterative_Rational_Krylov_Algorithm&amp;diff=1510"/>
		<updated>2013-05-30T06:04:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: Created page with &amp;quot;xkjchvzlkxchvzkixychvo&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;xkjchvzlkxchvzkixychvo&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1451</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1451"/>
		<updated>2013-05-27T07:39:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR Wiki [[:Category:Benchmark|benchmark collection]] contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be relevant for this MOR benchmark collection can add it to the collection, after the editors decide that it is suitable for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark, one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. If the editors accept the benchmark they grant access to the authors and create an empty page for the benchmark. The submitter needs to then edit the created wikipage, upload the data files and supplementary documents and link them within the page. See 2.1 for the content requirement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Requirement===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of this content could be included in the wiki page directly, is however not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
One should describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following points should be considered and if possible included in your benchmark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will typically be given in form of a document which we restrict to  the following types: *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png,. This documents should include author names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second differential order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file for a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Power_system_examples&amp;diff=1343</id>
		<title>Power system examples</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Power_system_examples&amp;diff=1343"/>
		<updated>2013-04-29T11:37:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DAE order unspecified‏‎]]&lt;br /&gt;
__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These first order systems are given in generalized state space form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E\dot{x}(t)=A x(t)+B u(t), \quad&lt;br /&gt;
y(t)=Cx(t)+Du(t),\quad E,A\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times n},~B\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times m},~C\in\mathbb{R}^{p\times n},~D\in\mathbb{R}^{p\times m}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and originated at [http://www.cepel.br/ CEPEL] for simulating large power systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
They come in different sizes and variants, including both SISO and MIMO systems having regular or singular &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; matrices. In the latter case the DAEs are of index 1 and using simple row and column permutations, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E,A&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be brought into the form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E=\left[ \begin{array}{cc}I_{n_f}&amp;amp;0\\0&amp;amp;0\end{array}\right],\quad A=\left[ \begin{array}{cc}A_{11}&amp;amp;A_{12}\\A_{21}&amp;amp;A_{22}\end{array}\right],&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_f&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denotes the number of finite eigenvalues in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Lambda(A,E)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A_{22}\in\mathbb{R}^{n-n_f\times n-n_f}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is regular.&lt;br /&gt;
A complete overview over these systems can be found in table below. The power systems served as benchmark examples for [[Modal truncation|Dominant Pole based Modal Truncation]]&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MarLP96&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RomM06a&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RomM06b&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Rom07&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kue10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and for a special adaption&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FreRM08&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; of [[Balanced Truncation]] for the index-1 DAE systems. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
The table below lists the charateristics of all power systems. The files can be downloadet at [https://sites.google.com/site/rommes/software https://sites.google.com/site/rommes/software]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable sortable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align: center; width: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Name&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
! Type&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|New England&lt;br /&gt;
|66 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|ODE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BIPS/97&lt;br /&gt;
|13251 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BIPS/1997&lt;br /&gt;
|13250 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BIPS/2007&lt;br /&gt;
|21476	&lt;br /&gt;
|1 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BIPS/97,MIMO8&lt;br /&gt;
|13309	&lt;br /&gt;
|8 	&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BIPS/97,MIMO28&lt;br /&gt;
|13251 	&lt;br /&gt;
|28 	&lt;br /&gt;
|28&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BIPS/97,MIMO46&lt;br /&gt;
|13250	&lt;br /&gt;
|46	&lt;br /&gt;
|46&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Juba5723&lt;br /&gt;
|40337 	&lt;br /&gt;
|2 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bauru5727&lt;br /&gt;
|40366	&lt;br /&gt;
|2 	&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|zeros_nopss&lt;br /&gt;
|13296	&lt;br /&gt;
|46 	&lt;br /&gt;
|46&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|xingo6u&lt;br /&gt;
|20738	&lt;br /&gt;
|1 	&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|nopss&lt;br /&gt;
|11685&lt;br /&gt;
|1 	&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips98_606&lt;br /&gt;
|7135	&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips98_1142&lt;br /&gt;
|9735&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips98_1450&lt;br /&gt;
|11305&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips07_1693&lt;br /&gt;
|13275&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips07_1998&lt;br /&gt;
|15066&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips07_2476&lt;br /&gt;
|16861&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|bips07_3078&lt;br /&gt;
|21128&lt;br /&gt;
|4	&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|DAE&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|PI Sections 20-80&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| 	&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|ODE&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;MarLP96&amp;quot;&amp;gt;N. Martins, L. Lima, and H. Pinto, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/articleDetails.jsp?arnumber=486093 Computing dominant poles of power system transfer functions]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE Transactions on&lt;br /&gt;
Power Systems, vol.11, no.1, pp.162-170, 1996&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RomM06a&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Rommes and N. Martins, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?isnumber=34850&amp;amp;arnumber=1664957&amp;amp;count=60&amp;amp;index=22 Efficient computation of transfer function dominant poles using subspace acceleration]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE Transactions on&lt;br /&gt;
Power Systems, vol.21, no.3, pp.1218-1226, 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;RomM06b&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Rommes and N. Martins, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?isnumber=36135&amp;amp;arnumber=1717547&amp;amp;count=61&amp;amp;index=0 Efficient computation of multivariable transfer function dominant poles using subspace acceleration]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE Transactions on&lt;br /&gt;
Power Systems, vol.21, no.4, pp.1471-1483, 2006&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Rom07&amp;quot;&amp;gt;J. Rommes, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://igitur-archive.library.uu.nl/dissertations/2007-0626-202553/index.htm Methods for eigenvalue problems with applications in model order reduction]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, Ph.D. dissertation, Universiteit&lt;br /&gt;
Utrecht, 2007.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;FreRM08&amp;quot;&amp;gt;F. Freitas, J. Rommes, and N. Martins, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpls/abs_all.jsp?arnumber=4558425 Gramian-based reduction method applied to large sparse power system descriptor models]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot; IEEE Transactions on Power Systems, vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 1258-1270, 2008.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Kue10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. K&amp;amp;uuml;rschner, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/mpcsc/mitarbeiter/kuerschner/docs/masterthesis.pdf Two-sided eigenvalue methods for modal approximation]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;”, Master’s thesis, Chemnitz University of Technology,&lt;br /&gt;
Department of Mathematics, Germany, 2010.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Rommes]]&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; [[User:kuerschner]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Transmission_Lines&amp;diff=1342</id>
		<title>Transmission Lines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Transmission_Lines&amp;diff=1342"/>
		<updated>2013-04-29T11:36:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric 2-5 parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DAE index 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In communications and electronic engineering, a transmission line is a specialized cable designed to carry alternating current of radio frequency, that is, currents with a frequency high enough that their wave nature must be taken into account. &#039;&#039;&#039;Transmission lines&#039;&#039;&#039; are used for purposes such as connecting radio transmitters and receivers with their antennas, distributing cable television signals, and computer network connections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many electric circuits, the length of the wires connecting the components can often be ignored. That is, the voltage on the wire at a given time can be assumed to be the same at all points. However, when the voltage changes as fast as the signal travels through the wire, the length becomes important and the wire must be treated as a transmission line, with distributed parameters. Stated in another way, the length of the wire is important when the signal includes frequency components with corresponding wavelengths comparable to or less than the length of the wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common rule of thumb is that the cable or wire should be treated as a transmission line if its length is greater than &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1/10&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of the wavelength, and the interconnect is called &amp;quot;electrically long&amp;quot;. At this length the phase delay and the interference of any reflections on the line (as well as other undesired effects) become important and can lead to unpredictable behavior in systems which have not been carefully designed using transmission line theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2N&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-multiconductor transmission line is composed by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; coupled conductors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decrease of integrated circuit feature size and the increase of operating frequencies require 3-D electromagnetic methods, such as the Partial Element Equivalent Circuit (PEEC) method; it stems from the integral equation form of Maxwell&#039;s equations. The main difference of the PEEC method with other integral-Equation-based techniques, such as the method of moments, resides in the fact that it provides a circuit interpretation of the Electric Field Integral Equation (EFIE) in terms of partial elements, namely resistances, partial inductances, and coefficients of potential. In the standard approach, volumes and surfaces are discretized into elementary regions, hexahedra, and patches respectively over which the current and charge densities are expanded into a series of basis functions. Pulse basis functions are usually adopted as expansion and weight functions. Such choice of pulse basis functions corresponds to assuming constant current density and charge density over the elementary volume (inductive) and surface (capacitive) cells, respectively. Following the standard Galerkin&#039;s testing procedure, topological elements, namely nodes and branches, are generated and electrical lumped elements are identified modeling both the magnetic and electric field coupling. Conductors are modeled by their ohmic resistance, while dielectrics requires modeling the excess charge due to the dielectric polarization. Magnetic and electric field coupling are modeled by partial inductances and coefficients of potential, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The magnetic field coupling between two inductive volume cells &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is described by the partial inductance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; L_{p_{\alpha\beta}}=\frac{\mu}{4\pi}\frac{1}{a_{\alpha}a_{\beta}}\int_{u_{\alpha}}\int_{u_{\beta}}\frac{1}{R_{\alpha\beta}}\,du_{\alpha}\,du_{\beta} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_{\alpha\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the distance between any two points in the volumes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u_{\alpha}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u_{\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;a_{\alpha}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;a_{\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; their cross section. The electric field coupling between two capacitive surface cells &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is modeled by the coefficient of the potential&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P_{\delta\gamma}=\frac{1}{4\pi\epsilon}\frac{1}{S_{\delta}S_{\gamma}}\int_{S_{\delta}}\int_{S_{\gamma}}\frac{1}{R_{\delta\gamma}}\,dS_{\delta}\,dS_{\gamma} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_{\delta\gamma}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the distance between any two points on the surfaces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_{\delta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_{\gamma}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denote the area of their respective surfaces &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;&amp;gt; F. Ferranti, G. Antonini, T. Dhaene, L. Knockaert, and A. E. Ruehli, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/TCPMT.2010.2101912 Physics-based passivity-preserving parameterized model order reduction for PEEC circuit analysis]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 1, num. 3, pp. 399-409, March 2011.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generalized Kirchhoff&#039;s laws for conductors, when dielectrics are considered, can be rewritten as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{P}^{-1}\frac{d\textbf{v}(t)}{dt}-\textbf{A}^T\textbf{i}(t)+\textbf{i}_e(t)=0, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; -\textbf{A}\textbf{v}(t)-\textbf{L}_p\frac{d\textbf{i}(t)}{dt}-\textbf{v}_d(t)=0, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;  \textbf{i}(t)=\textbf{C}_d\frac{d\textbf{v}_d(t)}{dt} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{A}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the connectivity matrix, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denotes the node potentials to infinity, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_e(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; represent the currents flowing in volume cells and the external currents, respectively, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}_d(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the excess capacitance voltage drop, which is related to the excess charge by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}_d(t)=\textbf{C}_d^{-1}\textbf{q}_d(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. A selection matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{K}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is introduced to define the port voltages by selecting node potentials. The same matrix is used to obtain the external currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_e(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; by the currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_s(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, which are of opposite sign with respect to the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; port currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_p(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{v}_p(t)=\textbf{K}\textbf{v}(t), &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{i}_e(t)=\textbf{K}^T\textbf{i}_s(t). &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example of PEEC circuit electrical quantities for a conductor elementary cell is illustrated, in the Laplace domain, in &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;fig:peec&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, where the current-controlled voltage sources &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;sL_{p,ij}I_j&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the current-controlled current sources &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{cci}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; model the magnetic and electric coupling, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figure id=&amp;quot;fig:peec&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Peec.jpg|400px|frame|&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;Illustration of PEEC circuit electrical quantities for a conductor elementary cell (Figure from &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;).&amp;lt;/caption&amp;gt;]]&amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, assuming that we are interested in generating an admittance representation having &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; output currents under voltage excitation, and let us denote with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of nodes, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of branches where currents flow, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of branches of conductors, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of dielectrics, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the additional unknowns since dielectrics require the excess capacitance to model the polarization charge, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_u=n_i+n_d+n_n+n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the global number of unknowns, and if the Modified Nodal Analysis (MNA) approach is used, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \left[ \begin{array}{cccc} \textbf{P} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{L}_p &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{C}_d &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right]\frac{d}{dt}\left[ \begin{array}{c}\textbf{q}(t) \\ \textbf{i}(t) \\ \textbf{v}_d(t) \\ \textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]= &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; = - \left[ \begin{array}{cccc}\textbf{0}_{n_n,n_n} &amp;amp; -\textbf{P}\textbf{A}^T &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{P}\textbf{K}^T \\ \textbf{AP} &amp;amp; \textbf{R} &amp;amp; \Phi &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_n} &amp;amp; -\Phi^T &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_p} \\ -\textbf{K}\textbf{P} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right]\cdot\left[ \begin{array}{c} \textbf{q}(t) \\ \textbf{i}(t) \\ \textbf{v}_d(t) \\ \textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]+ \left[ \begin{array}{c}\textbf{0}_{n_n+n_i+n_d,n_p} \\ -\textbf{I}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right] \cdot [ \textbf{v}_p(t) ]. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{0}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a matrix of zeros, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{I}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the identity matrix, both are with appropriate dimensions, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi=\left[ \begin{array}{c} \textbf{0}_{n_c,n_d} \\ \textbf{I}_{n_d,n_d} \end{array}\right]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then, in a more compact form, the above equation can be written as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \left\{ \begin{array}{c}  \textbf{C}\frac{d\textbf{x}(t)}{dt}=-\textbf{G}\textbf{x}(t)+\textbf{B}\textbf{u}(t)\\ &lt;br /&gt;
\textbf{i}_p(t)=\textbf{L}^T\textbf{x}(t) \end{array}\right . \qquad (1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{x}(t)=\left[ \begin{array}{cccc} \textbf{q}(t)\quad\textbf{i}(t)\quad\textbf{v}_d(t)\quad\textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Since this is an &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-port formulation, whereby the only sources are the voltage sources at the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-ports nodes, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{B}=\textbf{L}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{B}\in\mathbb R^{n_u\times n_p}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (for more details on this model, refer to &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Motivation of MOR==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the number of equations produced by 3-D electromagnetic method PEEC is usually very large, the inclusion of the PEEC model directly into a circuit simulator (like SPICE) is computationally intractable for complex structures, where the number of circuit elements can be tens of thousands. Model order reduction (MOR) methods have proven to be very effective in combating such high complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All data sets (in a MATLAB formatted data, downloadable in [[Media:TransmissionLines.rar|TransmissionLines.rar]]) in &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;tab:peec&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; are referred to as the multiconductor &#039;&#039;&#039;transmission lines&#039;&#039;&#039; in a MNA form, coming from the PEEC method (then, with dense matrices since they are obtained from the integral formulation of Maxwell&#039;s equation). The LTI descriptor systems have the form of, equation &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C=C^T\ge0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G+G^T\ge0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;B\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;L=B^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)\in\mathbb R^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the vector of variables (charges, currents and node potential), the input signal &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)\in\mathbb R^m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the sources (current or voltage generators depending on what one wants to analyze: the impedances or the admittances) linked to some node, the output &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y(t)\in\mathbb R^m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the observation across the node where the sources are inserted. An accurate model of the dynamics of these data sets is generated between 10 KHz and 20 GHz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figtable id=&amp;quot;tab:peec&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ align=&amp;quot;bottom&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;caption-side: bottom; text-align:justify&amp;quot; | (*) extract the matrices with Matlab command &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;[G,B,L,D,C]=dssdata(dssObjectName);&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (e.g., if one wants to work on one of the last two data sets of this table, just load it into the Matlab Workspace and type the command aforementioned on the Command Windows; for the first example, once one loads the data, the Workspace shows directly the matrices).&lt;br /&gt;
! Name of the data set   !!   Matrices   !!   Dimension   !!   Number of inputs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn1600m14   ||   G,B,C (L=B&#039;;D=0;) || 1600 || 14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn2654m30   ||    dss object (*)    || 2654 || 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn5248m62   ||    dss object (*)    || 5248 || 62&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/figtable&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Deluca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Feng]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1309</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1309"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T09:18:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be relevant for this MOR benchmark collection can add it to the collection, after the editors decide that it is suitable for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. If the editors accept the benchmark they grant access to the authors and create an empty page for the benchmark. The submitter needs to then create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Requirement===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of this content could be included in the wiki page directly, is however not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
One should describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following points should be concidered and if possible included in your benchmark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will typically be given in form of a document which we restrict to  the following types: *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png,. This documents should include author names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1308</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1308"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T08:54:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be a relevant benchmark for this MOR benchmark collection can add this benchmark in the collection, after the editors decide the example is worthy for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. After the editors grants access and creates and empty page for the benchmark the submitter needs to create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Requirement===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of this content could be included in the wiki page directly, is however not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
One should describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following points should be concidered and if possible included in your benchmark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Additional Content===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will typically be given in form of a document which we restrict to  the following types: *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png,. This documents should include author names.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1307</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1307"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T08:51:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be a relevant benchmark for this MOR benchmark collection can add this benchmark in the collection, after the editors decide the example is worthy for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. After the editors grants access and creates and empty page for the benchmark the submitter needs to create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Requirement===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of this content could be included in the wiki page directly, is however not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
One should describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following points should be concidered and if possible included in your benchmark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report document may contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Document Format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any document is considered as a Wiki-page. As such it should have a main wiki page and all other objects linked to the main page such as pictures and plots (gif, jpg/jpeg), additional documents (pdf). In particular, a document can have a small introductory main wiki page with all information in a pdf that is linked on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authors are advised to keep the layout simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerical data including the original dynamic system and the simulation results should be given in a special format described in Section 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1306</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1306"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T08:50:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be a relevant benchmark for this MOR benchmark collection can add this benchmark in the collection, after the editors decide the example is worthy for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. After the editors grants access and creates and empty page for the benchmark the submitter needs to create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Requirement===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of this content could be included in the wiki page directly, is however not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
One should describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following points should be concidered and if possible included in your benchmark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report document may contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Document Format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any document is considered as a Wiki-page. As such it should have a main wiki page and all other objects linked to the main page such as pictures and plots (gif, jpg/jpeg), additional documents (pdf). In particular, a document can have a small introductory main wiki page with all information in a pdf that is linked on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authors are advised to keep the layout simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerical data including the original dynamic system and the simulation results should be given in a special format described in Section 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{{{#!comment&lt;br /&gt;
==Publishing Method==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A document is submitted to morwiki in the electronic form (see below) as an archive of all the appropriate files (tar.gz or zip). Then it is placed in a special area and enters a reviewing stage for four weeks. An announcement about a new document is send to reviewers chosen by an editorial board. Depending on the comments, the document is published, rejected or sent to authors to make corrections. The decision is taken by an editorial board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published document is never changed or deleted. Rather, a new version of the document is submitted again and it is published as a new document if accepted. In this case, the old document receives a status &amp;quot;expired&amp;quot; but it still remains in the public area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rules for Online Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only ZIP or TAR.GZ archives are accepted for the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum compressed size for these files is 15 Mb.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive should contain at least one HTML file, named “index.html”. This file represents the main document file.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive may only contain files of the following types: *.html, *.htm, *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png, *.zip, *.tar.gz, *.tgz&lt;br /&gt;
* After the submission, the files are post-processed:&lt;br /&gt;
**File types not specified above are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
**Only the body part of every HTML file is kept.&lt;br /&gt;
**All the format/style/css information, like “style=..”, “class=..” are removed from the body part.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you decide to use PDF documents, use the “index.html” to include links to them.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three states of the submission:&lt;br /&gt;
**Submitted: The author and the chief editor receive a notification mail. The submission is only accessible for the chief editor to accept the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
**Opened for review: The submission is open for certain users to post their comments and reviews. After that the chief editor can accept the paper.&lt;br /&gt;
**Accepted: The submission is open for everybody.&lt;br /&gt;
}}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1305</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1305"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T08:49:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: remoce online submission&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be a relevant benchmark for this MOR benchmark collection can add this benchmark in the collection, after the editors decide the example is worthy for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. After the editors grants access and creates and empty page for the benchmark the submitter needs to create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Content Requirement===&lt;br /&gt;
Most of this content could be included in the wiki page directly, is however not necessary. &lt;br /&gt;
One should describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following points should be concidered and if possible included in your benchmark:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report document may contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Document Format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any document is considered as a Wiki-page. As such it should have a main wiki page and all other objects linked to the main page such as pictures and plots (gif, jpg/jpeg), additional documents (pdf). In particular, a document can have a small introductory main wiki page with all information in a pdf that is linked on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authors are advised to keep the layout simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerical data including the original dynamic system and the simulation results should be given in a special format described in Section 3.&lt;br /&gt;
{{{#!comment&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Publishing Method==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A document is submitted to morwiki in the electronic form (see below) as an archive of all the appropriate files (tar.gz or zip). Then it is placed in a special area and enters a reviewing stage for four weeks. An announcement about a new document is send to reviewers chosen by an editorial board. Depending on the comments, the document is published, rejected or sent to authors to make corrections. The decision is taken by an editorial board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published document is never changed or deleted. Rather, a new version of the document is submitted again and it is published as a new document if accepted. In this case, the old document receives a status &amp;quot;expired&amp;quot; but it still remains in the public area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rules for Online Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only ZIP or TAR.GZ archives are accepted for the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum compressed size for these files is 15 Mb.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive should contain at least one HTML file, named “index.html”. This file represents the main document file.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive may only contain files of the following types: *.html, *.htm, *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png, *.zip, *.tar.gz, *.tgz&lt;br /&gt;
* After the submission, the files are post-processed:&lt;br /&gt;
**File types not specified above are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
**Only the body part of every HTML file is kept.&lt;br /&gt;
**All the format/style/css information, like “style=..”, “class=..” are removed from the body part.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you decide to use PDF documents, use the “index.html” to include links to them.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three states of the submission:&lt;br /&gt;
**Submitted: The author and the chief editor receive a notification mail. The submission is only accessible for the chief editor to accept the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
**Opened for review: The submission is open for certain users to post their comments and reviews. After that the chief editor can accept the paper.&lt;br /&gt;
**Accepted: The submission is open for everybody.&lt;br /&gt;
}}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1304</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1304"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T08:43:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: remoce online submission&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be a relevant benchmark for this MOR benchmark collection can add this benchmark in the collection, after the editors decide the example is worthy for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. After the editors grants access and creates and empty page for the benchmark the submitter needs to create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of a benchmark document is to describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few points to be addressed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report document may contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Document Format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any document is considered as a Wiki-page. As such it should have a main wiki page and all other objects linked to the main page such as pictures and plots (gif, jpg/jpeg), additional documents (pdf). In particular, a document can have a small introductory main wiki page with all information in a pdf that is linked on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authors are advised to keep the layout simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerical data including the original dynamic system and the simulation results should be given in a special format described in Section 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#==Publishing Method==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#A document is submitted to morwiki in the electronic form (see below) as an archive of all the appropriate files (tar.gz or zip). Then it is placed in a special area and enters a reviewing stage for four weeks. An announcement about a #new document is send to reviewers chosen by an editorial board. Depending on the comments, the document is published, rejected or sent to authors to make corrections. The decision is taken by an editorial board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#A published document is never changed or deleted. Rather, a new version of the document is submitted again and it is published as a new document if accepted. In this case, the old document receives a status &amp;quot;expired&amp;quot; but it still #remains in the public area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#===Rules for Online Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#* Only ZIP or TAR.GZ archives are accepted for the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#* The maximum compressed size for these files is 15 Mb.&lt;br /&gt;
#* The archive should contain at least one HTML file, named “index.html”. This file represents the main document file.&lt;br /&gt;
#* The archive may only contain files of the following types: *.html, *.htm, *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png, *.zip, *.tar.gz, *.tgz&lt;br /&gt;
#* After the submission, the files are post-processed:&lt;br /&gt;
#**File types not specified above are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
#**Only the body part of every HTML file is kept.&lt;br /&gt;
#**All the format/style/css information, like “style=..”, “class=..” are removed from the body part.&lt;br /&gt;
#* If you decide to use PDF documents, use the “index.html” to include links to them.&lt;br /&gt;
#* There are three states of the submission:&lt;br /&gt;
#**Submitted: The author and the chief editor receive a notification mail. The submission is only accessible for the chief editor to accept the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#**Opened for review: The submission is open for certain users to post their comments and reviews. After that the chief editor can accept the paper.&lt;br /&gt;
#**Accepted: The submission is open for everybody.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1303</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1303"/>
		<updated>2013-04-26T08:42:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: adjust rules to our needs&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The MOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents and wikipages that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the describing the benchmark creation process, then we present the description of what content is needed on the wikipages as well as the supplement documents, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Benchmark Creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has an example that could be a relevant benchmark for this MOR benchmark collection can add this benchmark in the collection, after the editors decide the example is worthy for our collection. In order to be allowed to create a benchmark one has to write an email to the editors asking for access to the wiki describing the benchmark to be created. After the editors grants access and creates and empty page for the benchmark the submitter needs to create an introductory wikipage that links to the data files as well as to further explanatory documents, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Rules==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The supplementary documents as well as the wikipage may be written by different authors, however each individual document should be written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of a benchmark document is to describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few points to be addressed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report document may contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Document Format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any document is considered as a Wiki-page. As such it should have a main wiki page and all other objects linked to the main page such as pictures and plots (gif, jpg/jpeg), additional documents (pdf). In particular, a document can have a small introductory main wiki page with all information in a pdf that is linked on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authors are advised to keep the layout simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerical data including the original dynamic system and the simulation results should be given in a special format described in Section 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Publishing Method==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A document is submitted to morwiki in the electronic form (see below) as an archive of all the appropriate files (tar.gz or zip). Then it is placed in a special area and enters a reviewing stage for four weeks. An announcement about a new document is send to reviewers chosen by an editorial board. Depending on the comments, the document is published, rejected or sent to authors to make corrections. The decision is taken by an editorial board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published document is never changed or deleted. Rather, a new version of the document is submitted again and it is published as a new document if accepted. In this case, the old document receives a status &amp;quot;expired&amp;quot; but it still remains in the public area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rules for Online Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only ZIP or TAR.GZ archives are accepted for the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum compressed size for these files is 15 Mb.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive should contain at least one HTML file, named “index.html”. This file represents the main document file.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive may only contain files of the following types: *.html, *.htm, *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png, *.zip, *.tar.gz, *.tgz&lt;br /&gt;
* After the submission, the files are post-processed:&lt;br /&gt;
**File types not specified above are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
**Only the body part of every HTML file is kept.&lt;br /&gt;
**All the format/style/css information, like “style=..”, “class=..” are removed from the body part.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you decide to use PDF documents, use the “index.html” to include links to them.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three states of the submission:&lt;br /&gt;
**Submitted: The author and the chief editor receive a notification mail. The submission is only accessible for the chief editor to accept the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
**Opened for review: The submission is open for certain users to post their comments and reviews. After that the chief editor can accept the paper.&lt;br /&gt;
**Accepted: The submission is open for everybody.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://eprints.ma.man.ac.uk/1040/01/covered/MIMS_ep2008_22.pdf A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002.&lt;br /&gt;
* Benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems: http://www.icm.tu-bs.de/NICONET/benchmodred.html&lt;br /&gt;
* Oberwolfach Model Reduction Benchmark Collection: http://portal.uni-freiburg.de/imteksimulation/downloads/benchmark&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
{{editors}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Transmission_Lines&amp;diff=1207</id>
		<title>Transmission Lines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Transmission_Lines&amp;diff=1207"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T12:36:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric 2-5 parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:DAE index 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In communications and electronic engineering, a transmission line is a specialized cable designed to carry alternating current of radio frequency, that is, currents with a frequency high enough that their wave nature must be taken into account. Transmission lines are used for purposes such as connecting radio transmitters and receivers with their antennas, distributing cable television signals, and computer network connections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many electric circuits, the length of the wires connecting the components can often be ignored. That is, the voltage on the wire at a given time can be assumed to be the same at all points. However, when the voltage changes as fast as the signal travels through the wire, the length becomes important and the wire must be treated as a transmission line, with distributed parameters. Stated in another way, the length of the wire is important when the signal includes frequency components with corresponding wavelengths comparable to or less than the length of the wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common rule of thumb is that the cable or wire should be treated as a transmission line if its length is greater than &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1/10&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of the wavelength, and the interconnect is called &amp;quot;electrically long&amp;quot;. At this length the phase delay and the interference of any reflections on the line (as well as other undesired effects) become important and can lead to unpredictable behavior in systems which have not been carefully designed using transmission line theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2N&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-multiconductor transmission line is composed by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; coupled conductors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decrease of integrated circuit feature size and the increase of operating frequencies require 3-D electromagnetic methods, such as the Partial Element Equivalent Circuit (PEEC) method; it stems from the integral equation form of Maxwell&#039;s equations. The main difference of the PEEC method with other integral-Equation-based techniques, such as the method of moments, resides in the fact that it provides a circuit interpretation of the Electric Field Integral Equation (EFIE) in terms of partial elements, namely resistances, partial inductances, and coefficients of potential. In the standard approach, volumes and surfaces are discretized into elementary regions, hexahedra, and patches respectively over which the current and charge densities are expanded into a series of basis functions. Pulse basis functions are usually adopted as expansion and weight functions. Such choice of pulse basis functions corresponds to assuming constant current density and charge density over the elementary volume (inductive) and surface (capacitive) cells, respectively. Following the standard Galerkin&#039;s testing procedure, topological elements, namely nodes and branches, are generated and electrical lumped elements are identified modeling both the magnetic and electric field coupling. Conductors are modeled by their ohmic resistance, while dielectrics requires modeling the excess charge due to the dielectric polarization. Magnetic and electric field coupling are modeled by partial inductances and coefficients of potential, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The magnetic field coupling between two inductive volume cells &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is described by the partial inductance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; L_{p_{\alpha\beta}}=\frac{\mu}{4\pi}\frac{1}{a_{\alpha}a_{\beta}}\int_{u_{\alpha}}\int_{u_{\beta}}\frac{1}{R_{\alpha\beta}}\,du_{\alpha}\,du_{\beta} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_{\alpha\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the distance between any two points in the volumes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u_{\alpha}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u_{\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;a_{\alpha}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;a_{\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; their cross section. The electric field coupling between two capacitive surface cells &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is modeled by the coefficient of the potential&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P_{\delta\gamma}=\frac{1}{4\pi\epsilon}\frac{1}{S_{\delta}S_{\gamma}}\int_{S_{\delta}}\int_{S_{\gamma}}\frac{1}{R_{\delta\gamma}}\,dS_{\delta}\,dS_{\gamma} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_{\delta\gamma}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the distance between any two points on the surfaces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_{\delta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_{\gamma}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denote the area of their respective surfaces &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;&amp;gt; F. Ferranti, G. Antonini, T. Dhaene, L. Knockaert, and A. E. Ruehli, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/TCPMT.2010.2101912 Physics-based passivity-preserving parameterized model order reduction for PEEC circuit analysis]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 1, num. 3, pp. 399-409, March 2011.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generalized Kirchhoff&#039;s laws for conductors, when dielectrics are considered, can be rewritten as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{P}^{-1}\frac{d\textbf{v}(t)}{dt}-\textbf{A}^T\textbf{i}(t)+\textbf{i}_e(t)=0, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; -\textbf{A}\textbf{v}(t)-\textbf{L}_p\frac{d\textbf{i}(t)}{dt}-\textbf{v}_d(t)=0, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;  \textbf{i}(t)=\textbf{C}_d\frac{d\textbf{v}_d(t)}{dt} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{A}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the connectivity matrix, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denotes the node potentials to infinity, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_e(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; represent the currents flowing in volume cells and the external currents, respectively, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}_d(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the excess capacitance voltage drop, which is related to the excess charge by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}_d(t)=\textbf{C}_d^{-1}\textbf{q}_d(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. A selection matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{K}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is introduced to define the port voltages by selecting node potentials. The same matrix is used to obtain the external currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_e(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; by the currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_s(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, which are of opposite sign with respect to the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; port currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_p(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{v}_p(t)=\textbf{K}\textbf{v}(t), &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{i}_e(t)=\textbf{K}^T\textbf{i}_s(t). &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example of PEEC circuit electrical quantities for a conductor elementary cell is illustrated, in the Laplace domain, in &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;fig:peec&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, where the current-controlled voltage sources &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;sL_{p,ij}I_j&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the current-controlled current sources &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{cci}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; model the magnetic and electric coupling, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figure id=&amp;quot;fig:peec&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Peec.jpg|400px|frame|&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;Illustration of PEEC circuit electrical quantities for a conductor elementary cell (Figure from &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;).&amp;lt;/caption&amp;gt;]]&amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, assuming that we are interested in generating an admittance representation having &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; output currents under voltage excitation, and let us denote with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of nodes, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of branches where currents flow, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of branches of conductors, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of dielectrics, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the additional unknowns since dielectrics require the excess capacitance to model the polarization charge, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_u=n_i+n_d+n_n+n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the global number of unknowns, and if the Modified Nodal Analysis (MNA) approach is used, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \left[ \begin{array}{cccc} \textbf{P} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{L}_p &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{C}_d &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right]\frac{d}{dt}\left[ \begin{array}{c}\textbf{q}(t) \\ \textbf{i}(t) \\ \textbf{v}_d(t) \\ \textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]= &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; = - \left[ \begin{array}{cccc}\textbf{0}_{n_n,n_n} &amp;amp; -\textbf{P}\textbf{A}^T &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{P}\textbf{K}^T \\ \textbf{AP} &amp;amp; \textbf{R} &amp;amp; \Phi &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_n} &amp;amp; -\Phi^T &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_p} \\ -\textbf{K}\textbf{P} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right]\cdot\left[ \begin{array}{c} \textbf{q}(t) \\ \textbf{i}(t) \\ \textbf{v}_d(t) \\ \textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]+ \left[ \begin{array}{c}\textbf{0}_{n_n+n_i+n_d,n_p} \\ -\textbf{I}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right] \cdot [ \textbf{v}_p(t) ]. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{0}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a matrix of zeros, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{I}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the identity matrix, both are with appropriate dimensions, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi=\left[ \begin{array}{c} \textbf{0}_{n_c,n_d} \\ \textbf{I}_{n_d,n_d} \end{array}\right]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then, in a more compact form, the above equation can be written as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \left\{ \begin{array}{c}  \textbf{C}\frac{d\textbf{x}(t)}{dt}=-\textbf{G}\textbf{x}(t)+\textbf{B}\textbf{u}(t)\\ &lt;br /&gt;
\textbf{i}_p(t)=\textbf{L}^T\textbf{x}(t) \end{array}\right . \qquad (1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{x}(t)=\left[ \begin{array}{cccc} \textbf{q}(t)\quad\textbf{i}(t)\quad\textbf{v}_d(t)\quad\textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Since this is an &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-port formulation, whereby the only sources are the voltage sources at the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-ports nodes, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{B}=\textbf{L}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{B}\in\mathbb R^{n_u\times n_p}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (for more details on this model, refer to &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Motivation of MOR==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the number of equations produced by 3-D electromagnetic method PEEC is usually very large, the inclusion of the PEEC model directly into a circuit simulator (like SPICE) is computationally intractable for complex structures, where the number of circuit elements can be tens of thousands. Model order reduction (MOR) methods have proven to be very effective in combating such high complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All data sets (in a MATLAB formatted data, downloadable in [[Media:TransmissionLines.rar|TransmissionLines.rar]]) in &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;tab:peec&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; are referred to as the multiconductor transmission lines in a MNA form, coming from the PEEC method (then, with dense matrices since they are obtained from the integral formulation of Maxwell&#039;s equation). The LTI descriptor systems have the form of, equation &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C=C^T\ge0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G+G^T\ge0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;B\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;L=B^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)\in\mathbb R^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the vector of variables (charges, currents and node potential), the input signal &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)\in\mathbb R^m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the sources (current or voltage generators depending on what one wants to analyze: the impedances or the admittances) linked to some node, the output &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y(t)\in\mathbb R^m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the observation across the node where the sources are inserted. An accurate model of the dynamics of these data sets is generated between 10 KHz and 20 GHz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figtable id=&amp;quot;tab:peec&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ align=&amp;quot;bottom&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;caption-side: bottom; text-align:justify&amp;quot; | (*) extract the matrices with Matlab command &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;[G,B,L,D,C]=dssdata(dssObjectName);&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (e.g., if one wants to work on one of the last two data sets of this table, just load it into the Matlab Workspace and type the command aforementioned on the Command Windows; for the first example, once one loads the data, the Workspace shows directly the matrices).&lt;br /&gt;
! Name of the data set   !!   Matrices   !!   Dimension   !!   Number of inputs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn1600m14   ||   G,B,C (L=B&#039;;D=0;) || 1600 || 14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn2654m30   ||    dss object (*)    || 2654 || 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn5248m62   ||    dss object (*)    || 5248 || 62&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/figtable&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Deluca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Feng]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Transmission_Lines&amp;diff=1203</id>
		<title>Transmission Lines</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Transmission_Lines&amp;diff=1203"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:21:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric 2-5 parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In communications and electronic engineering, a transmission line is a specialized cable designed to carry alternating current of radio frequency, that is, currents with a frequency high enough that their wave nature must be taken into account. Transmission lines are used for purposes such as connecting radio transmitters and receivers with their antennas, distributing cable television signals, and computer network connections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many electric circuits, the length of the wires connecting the components can often be ignored. That is, the voltage on the wire at a given time can be assumed to be the same at all points. However, when the voltage changes as fast as the signal travels through the wire, the length becomes important and the wire must be treated as a transmission line, with distributed parameters. Stated in another way, the length of the wire is important when the signal includes frequency components with corresponding wavelengths comparable to or less than the length of the wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A common rule of thumb is that the cable or wire should be treated as a transmission line if its length is greater than &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1/10&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of the wavelength, and the interconnect is called &amp;quot;electrically long&amp;quot;. At this length the phase delay and the interference of any reflections on the line (as well as other undesired effects) become important and can lead to unpredictable behavior in systems which have not been carefully designed using transmission line theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2N&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-multiconductor transmission line is composed by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; coupled conductors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decrease of integrated circuit feature size and the increase of operating frequencies require 3-D electromagnetic methods, such as the Partial Element Equivalent Circuit (PEEC) method; it stems from the integral equation form of Maxwell&#039;s equations. The main difference of the PEEC method with other integral-Equation-based techniques, such as the method of moments, resides in the fact that it provides a circuit interpretation of the Electric Field Integral Equation (EFIE) in terms of partial elements, namely resistances, partial inductances, and coefficients of potential. In the standard approach, volumes and surfaces are discretized into elementary regions, hexahedra, and patches respectively over which the current and charge densities are expanded into a series of basis functions. Pulse basis functions are usually adopted as expansion and weight functions. Such choice of pulse basis functions corresponds to assuming constant current density and charge density over the elementary volume (inductive) and surface (capacitive) cells, respectively. Following the standard Galerkin&#039;s testing procedure, topological elements, namely nodes and branches, are generated and electrical lumped elements are identified modeling both the magnetic and electric field coupling. Conductors are modeled by their ohmic resistance, while dielectrics requires modeling the excess charge due to the dielectric polarization. Magnetic and electric field coupling are modeled by partial inductances and coefficients of potential, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The magnetic field coupling between two inductive volume cells &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\beta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is described by the partial inductance&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; L_{p_{\alpha\beta}}=\frac{\mu}{4\pi}\frac{1}{a_{\alpha}a_{\beta}}\int_{u_{\alpha}}\int_{u_{\beta}}\frac{1}{R_{\alpha\beta}}\,du_{\alpha}\,du_{\beta} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_{\alpha\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the distance between any two points in the volumes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u_{\alpha}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u_{\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;a_{\alpha}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;a_{\beta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; their cross section. The electric field coupling between two capacitive surface cells &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is modeled by the coefficient of the potential&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P_{\delta\gamma}=\frac{1}{4\pi\epsilon}\frac{1}{S_{\delta}S_{\gamma}}\int_{S_{\delta}}\int_{S_{\gamma}}\frac{1}{R_{\delta\gamma}}\,dS_{\delta}\,dS_{\gamma} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_{\delta\gamma}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the distance between any two points on the surfaces &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\delta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\gamma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_{\delta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S_{\gamma}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denote the area of their respective surfaces &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;&amp;gt; F. Ferranti, G. Antonini, T. Dhaene, L. Knockaert, and A. E. Ruehli, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/TCPMT.2010.2101912 Physics-based passivity-preserving parameterized model order reduction for PEEC circuit analysis]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 1, num. 3, pp. 399-409, March 2011.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generalized Kirchhoff&#039;s laws for conductors, when dielectrics are considered, can be rewritten as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{P}^{-1}\frac{d\textbf{v}(t)}{dt}-\textbf{A}^T\textbf{i}(t)+\textbf{i}_e(t)=0, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; -\textbf{A}\textbf{v}(t)-\textbf{L}_p\frac{d\textbf{i}(t)}{dt}-\textbf{v}_d(t)=0, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;  \textbf{i}(t)=\textbf{C}_d\frac{d\textbf{v}_d(t)}{dt} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{A}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the connectivity matrix, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denotes the node potentials to infinity, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_e(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; represent the currents flowing in volume cells and the external currents, respectively, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}_d(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the excess capacitance voltage drop, which is related to the excess charge by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{v}_d(t)=\textbf{C}_d^{-1}\textbf{q}_d(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. A selection matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{K}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is introduced to define the port voltages by selecting node potentials. The same matrix is used to obtain the external currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_e(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; by the currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_s(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, which are of opposite sign with respect to the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; port currents &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{i}_p(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{v}_p(t)=\textbf{K}\textbf{v}(t), &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \textbf{i}_e(t)=\textbf{K}^T\textbf{i}_s(t). &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example of PEEC circuit electrical quantities for a conductor elementary cell is illustrated, in the Laplace domain, in &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;fig:peec&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, where the current-controlled voltage sources &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;sL_{p,ij}I_j&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the current-controlled current sources &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I_{cci}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; model the magnetic and electric coupling, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figure id=&amp;quot;fig:peec&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Peec.jpg|400px|frame|&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;Illustration of PEEC circuit electrical quantities for a conductor elementary cell (Figure from &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;).&amp;lt;/caption&amp;gt;]]&amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, assuming that we are interested in generating an admittance representation having &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; output currents under voltage excitation, and let us denote with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of nodes, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of branches where currents flow, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of branches of conductors, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the number of dielectrics, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the additional unknowns since dielectrics require the excess capacitance to model the polarization charge, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_u=n_i+n_d+n_n+n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the global number of unknowns, and if the Modified Nodal Analysis (MNA) approach is used, we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \left[ \begin{array}{cccc} \textbf{P} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{L}_p &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{C}_d &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_n} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right]\frac{d}{dt}\left[ \begin{array}{c}\textbf{q}(t) \\ \textbf{i}(t) \\ \textbf{v}_d(t) \\ \textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]= &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; = - \left[ \begin{array}{cccc}\textbf{0}_{n_n,n_n} &amp;amp; -\textbf{P}\textbf{A}^T &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_n,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{P}\textbf{K}^T \\ \textbf{AP} &amp;amp; \textbf{R} &amp;amp; \Phi &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_i,n_p} \\ \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_n} &amp;amp; -\Phi^T &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_d,n_p} \\ -\textbf{K}\textbf{P} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_i} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_d} &amp;amp; \textbf{0}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right]\cdot\left[ \begin{array}{c} \textbf{q}(t) \\ \textbf{i}(t) \\ \textbf{v}_d(t) \\ \textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]+ \left[ \begin{array}{c}\textbf{0}_{n_n+n_i+n_d,n_p} \\ -\textbf{I}_{n_p,n_p} \end{array}\right] \cdot [ \textbf{v}_p(t) ]. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{0}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a matrix of zeros, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{I}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the identity matrix, both are with appropriate dimensions, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Phi=\left[ \begin{array}{c} \textbf{0}_{n_c,n_d} \\ \textbf{I}_{n_d,n_d} \end{array}\right]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then, in a more compact form, the above equation can be written as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \left\{ \begin{array}{c}  \textbf{C}\frac{d\textbf{x}(t)}{dt}=-\textbf{G}\textbf{x}(t)+\textbf{B}\textbf{u}(t)\\ &lt;br /&gt;
\textbf{i}_p(t)=\textbf{L}^T\textbf{x}(t) \end{array}\right . \qquad (1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{x}(t)=\left[ \begin{array}{cccc} \textbf{q}(t)\quad\textbf{i}(t)\quad\textbf{v}_d(t)\quad\textbf{i}_s(t) \end{array}\right]^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Since this is an &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-port formulation, whereby the only sources are the voltage sources at the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-ports nodes, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{B}=\textbf{L}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\textbf{B}\in\mathbb R^{n_u\times n_p}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (for more details on this model, refer to &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;ferranti11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Motivation of MOR==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the number of equations produced by 3-D electromagnetic method PEEC is usually very large, the inclusion of the PEEC model directly into a circuit simulator (like SPICE) is computationally intractable for complex structures, where the number of circuit elements can be tens of thousands. Model order reduction (MOR) methods have proven to be very effective in combating such high complexity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All data sets (in a MATLAB formatted data, downloadable in [[Media:TransmissionLines.rar|TransmissionLines.rar]]) in &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;tab:peec&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; are referred to as the multiconductor transmission lines in a MNA form, coming from the PEEC method (then, with dense matrices since they are obtained from the integral formulation of Maxwell&#039;s equation). The LTI descriptor systems have the form of, equation &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C=C^T\ge0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G+G^T\ge0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;B\in\mathbb R^{n\times m}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;L=B^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)\in\mathbb R^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the vector of variables (charges, currents and node potential), the input signal &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)\in\mathbb R^m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the sources (current or voltage generators depending on what one wants to analyze: the impedances or the admittances) linked to some node, the output &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y(t)\in\mathbb R^m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the observation across the node where the sources are inserted. An accurate model of the dynamics of these data sets is generated between 10 KHz and 20 GHz.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figtable id=&amp;quot;tab:peec&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ align=&amp;quot;bottom&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;caption-side: bottom; text-align:justify&amp;quot; | (*) extract the matrices with Matlab command &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;[G,B,L,D,C]=dssdata(dssObjectName);&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (e.g., if one wants to work on one of the last two data sets of this table, just load it into the Matlab Workspace and type the command aforementioned on the Command Windows; for the first example, once one loads the data, the Workspace shows directly the matrices).&lt;br /&gt;
! Name of the data set   !!   Matrices   !!   Dimension   !!   Number of inputs&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn1600m14   ||   G,B,C (L=B&#039;;D=0;) || 1600 || 14&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn2654m30   ||    dss object (*)    || 2654 || 30&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| dsysPEEC-MTLn5248m62   ||    dss object (*)    || 5248 || 62&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/figtable&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Deluca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Feng]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Silicon_Nitride_Membrane&amp;diff=1202</id>
		<title>Silicon Nitride Membrane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Silicon_Nitride_Membrane&amp;diff=1202"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:20:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: categories changed&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric 2-5 parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figure id=&amp;quot;fig:tempprof&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[File:Fig_1.png|right|frame|&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;silicon nitride membrane temperature profile&amp;lt;/caption&amp;gt;]]&amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A silicon nitride membrane (SiN membrane) &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;T. Bechtold, D. Hohfeld, E. B. Rudnyi and M. Guenther, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1088/0960-1317/20/4/045030 Efficient extraction of thin-film thermal parameters from numerical models via parametric model order reduction]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, J. Micromech. Microeng. 20(2010) 045030 (13pp).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; can be a part of a gas sensor, but also a part of an infra-red sensor, a michrothruster, an optimical filter etc. This structure resembles&lt;br /&gt;
a microhotplate similar to other micro-fabricated devices&lt;br /&gt;
such as gas sensors &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;J. Spannhake, O. Schulz, A. Helwig, G. Müller and T. Doll, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/ICSENS.2005.1597811 Design, development and operational concept of an advanced MEMS IR source for miniaturized gas sensor systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;,  Proc. Sensors, 762-765, 2005.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and infrared sources &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;M. Graf, D. Barrettino, S. Taschini, C. Hagleitner, A. Hierlemann and H. Baltes, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/ac035432h Metal oxide-based monolithic complementary metal oxide semiconductor gas sensor microsystem]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, Anal. Chem., 76:4437-4445, 2004.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. See &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;fig:tempprof&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, the temperature profile for the SiN membrane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The governing heat transfer equation in the membrane is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nabla \cdot (\kappa \nabla T)+Q - \rho c_p \cdot \frac{\partial T}{\partial t}=0 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the thermal conductivity in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W m^{-1} K^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, cp is the specific heat capacity in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; J kg^{-1} K^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the mass density in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;kg m^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the temperature distribution. We assume a homogeneous heat generation rate over a lumped resistor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Q = \frac{u^2(t)}{R(T)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Q&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; the heat generation rate per unit volume in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W m^{-3}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
We use the initial condition &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T_0 = 273K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, and the&lt;br /&gt;
Dirichlet boundary condition &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T = 273 K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; at the bottom of&lt;br /&gt;
the computational domain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The convection boundary condition at the top of the membrane is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
q=h(T-T_{air}), &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the heat transfer coefficient between the membrane and the ambient air in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;W m^{-2} K^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discretization==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the above convection boundary condition and assuming &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T_{air}=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, finite element discretization of the heat transfer model leads to the parametrized system as below,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(E_0+\rho c_p \cdot E_1) \dot{T} +(A_0 +\kappa \cdot A_1 +h \cdot A_2)T = B \frac{u^2(t)}{R(T)}, \quad&lt;br /&gt;
y=C T,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where the volumetric heat capacity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho c_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, thermal conductivity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the heat transfer coefficient &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; between the membrane&lt;br /&gt;
are kept as parameters. The volumetric hear capacity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho c_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the product of two independent variables, i.e. the specific hear capacity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the density &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The range of interest for the four independent variables are respectively &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\kappa \in [2, 5]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c_p \in [400, 750]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho \in [3000,3200]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; h \in [10, 12]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The frequency range is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f \in [0,50]Hz&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R(T)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is either a constant heat resistivity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R(T)=R_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R(T)=R_0(1+\alpha T)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, which depends linearly on the temperature. Here we use &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_0=274.94 \Omega&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and temperature coefficient &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\alpha=2.293 \pm 0.006 \times 10^{-4}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The model was created and meshed in ANSYS. It contains a constant load vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; corresponding to the constant input power of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2.49mW&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The number of degrees of freedom is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n=60,020&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The input function &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a step function with the value &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, which disappears at the time &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.02s&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This means between &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0s&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.02s&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; input is one and after that it is zero. However, be aware that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is just a factor with which the load vector B is multiplied and which corresponds to the heating power of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2.49mW&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This means if one keeps &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as suggested above, the device is heated with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2.49mW&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for the time length of 0.02s and after that the heating is turned off. If for whatever reason, one wants the heating power to be &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;5mW&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, then &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; has to be set equal to two, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
When &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R(T)=R_0(1+\alpha T)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, it is a function of the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and hence, the system has non-linear input. (It is also called a weakly nonlinear system.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The model is generated in ANSYS. The system matrices are in &amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/ MatrixMarket]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; format and can be downloaded here [[Media: SiN_membrane.tgz|SiN_membrane.tgz]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Feng|Lihong Feng]] &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://simulation.uni-freiburg.de/staff/profiles/DrTamaraBechtold Tamara Bechtold]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Reduced_Basis_PMOR_method&amp;diff=1201</id>
		<title>Reduced Basis PMOR method</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Reduced_Basis_PMOR_method&amp;diff=1201"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:19:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Reduced Basis Method (RBM) we present here is applicable to static and time-dependent linear PDEs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time-Independent PDEs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The typical model problem of the RBM consists of a parametrized PDE stated in weak form with&lt;br /&gt;
bilinear form &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(\cdot, \cdot; \mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and linear form &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; f(\cdot; \mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The parameter &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is considered within a domain &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mathcal{D} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and we are interested in an output quantity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; s(\mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which can be&lt;br /&gt;
expressed via a linear functional &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; l(\cdot; \mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of the field variable &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(\mu)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exact, infinite-dimensional formulation, indicated by the superscript e, is given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\text{For } \mu \in \mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R}^P, \text{ evaluate } \\&lt;br /&gt;
s^e(\mu) = l(u^e(\mu);\mu), \\&lt;br /&gt;
\text{where } u^e(\mu) \in X^e(\Omega) \text{ satisfies } \\&lt;br /&gt;
a(u^e(\mu),v;\mu) = f(v;\mu), \forall v \in X^e.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through spatial discretization, e.g. finite element method, we consider the discretized system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\text{For } \mu \in \mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R}^P, \text{ evaluate } \\&lt;br /&gt;
s(\mu) = l(u(\mu);\mu), \\&lt;br /&gt;
\text{where } u(\mu) \in X(\Omega) \text{ satisfies } \\&lt;br /&gt;
a(u(\mu),v;\mu) = f(v;\mu), \forall v \in X.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying assumption of the RBM is that the parametrically induced manifold  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mathcal{M} = \{u(\mu) | \mu \in \mathcal{D}\} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
can be approximated by a low dimensional space &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; V_N &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also applies the concept of an offline-online decomposition, in that a large pre-processing offline cost is acceptable in view&lt;br /&gt;
of a very low online cost (of a reduced order model) for each input-output evaluation, when in a many-query or real-time context.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The essential assumption which allows the offline-online decomposition is that there exists an affine parameter dependence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 a(w,v;\mu) = \sum_{q=1}^{Q^a} \Theta_a^q(\mu) a^q(w,v) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 f(v;\mu) = \sum_{q=1}^{Q^f} \Theta_f^{q}(\mu) f^q(v).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lagrange Reduced Basis space is established by iteratively choosing Lagrange parameter samples &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S_N = \{\mu^1,...,\mu^N\} &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and considering the associated Lagrange RB spaces &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
V_N = \text{span}\{u(\mu^n), 1 \leq n \leq N \} &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
in a greedy sampling process. This leads to hierarchical RB spaces: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; V_1 \subset V_2 \subset ... \subset V_{N_{max}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We then consider the galerkin projection onto the RB-space  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; V_N &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\text{For } \mu \in \mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R}^P, \text{ evaluate } \\&lt;br /&gt;
s_N(\mu) = l(u_N(\mu)), \\&lt;br /&gt;
\text{where } u_N(\mu) \in V_N \text{ satisfies } \\&lt;br /&gt;
a(u_N(\mu),v;\mu) = f(v), \forall v \in V_N&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The greedy sampling uses an error estimator ot error indicator &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Delta_{N}(\mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for the approximation error &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \| u(\mu) - u_N(\mu) \| &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Steps of the greedy sampling process:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Let &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Xi &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; denote a finite sample of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mathcal{D} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and set &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; S_1 = \{\mu^1\}  \text{ and } V_1 = span\{ u(\mu^1) \} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. For &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; N = 2 , ... , N_{max} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, find &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu^N = \text{arg max}_{ \mu \in \Xi } \Delta_{N-1}(\mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Set &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; S_N = S_{N-1} \cup \mu^N , \quad V_N = V_{N-1} + span\{u(\mu^N)\} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method is used in the following models:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Coplanar_Waveguide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Branchline Coupler]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Time-Dependent PDEs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When time is involved, it can be roughly considered as an usual parameter just as time-independent case.&lt;br /&gt;
But more attention should be paid to the dynamics of the system and the stability is also a major concern, &lt;br /&gt;
especially for the nonlinear case. Mostly, we use the same notation as time-independent case except the &lt;br /&gt;
variable &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; t &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is added explicitly.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The exact, infinite-dimensional formulation, indicated by the superscript e, is given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\text{For } \mu \in \mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R}^P, t^k \in [0,T] \text{ evaluate } \\&lt;br /&gt;
s^e(\mu,t^k) = l(u^e(\mu,t);\mu), \\&lt;br /&gt;
\text{where } u^e(\mu,t) \in X^e(\Omega) \text{ satisfies } \\&lt;br /&gt;
m(u^e(\mu,t^k),v;\mu) + \Delta t a(u^e(\mu,t^k),v;\mu) = m(u^e(\mu,t^{k-1}),v;\mu) +  &lt;br /&gt;
\Delta t f(v;\mu)u^e(\mu, t^k), \forall v \in X^e.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; m(\cdot,\cdot;\mu) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is also a bilinear form.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assume a reference discretization form is given as follows,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\text{For } \mu \in \mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R}^P, t^k \in [0,T] \text{ evaluate } \\&lt;br /&gt;
s(\mu,t^k) = l(u(\mu,t);\mu), \\&lt;br /&gt;
\text{where } u(\mu,t) \in X_{\mathcal N}(\Omega) \text{ satisfies } \\&lt;br /&gt;
m(u(\mu,t^k),v;\mu) + \Delta t a(u(\mu,t^k),v;\mu) = m(u(\mu,t^{k-1}),v;\mu) +  &lt;br /&gt;
\Delta t f(v;\mu)u(\mu, t^k), \forall v \in X_{\mathcal N}.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The underlying assumption of the RBM is that the parametrically induced manifold  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mathcal{M} = \{u(\mu,t) | \mu \in \mathcal{D}\} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
can be approximated by a low dimensional space &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; V_N &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the offline-online decomposition, we assume they are affine parameter-dependent, i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 m(w,v;\mu) = \sum_{q=1}^{Q_m} \Theta_m^q(\mu,t) m^q(w,v) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 a(w,v;\mu) = \sum_{q=1}^{Q_a} \Theta_a^q(\mu,t) a^q(w,v) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 f(v;\mu) = \sum_{q=1}^{Q_f} \Theta_f^{q}(\mu,t) f^q(v).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Lagrange Reduced Basis space &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; V_N &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is usually established by POD-Greedy algorithm [3]. Then the input-output response can be presented as follows, through Galerkin projection,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\text{For } \mu \in \mathcal{D} \subset \mathbb{R}^P, t^k \in [0,T] \text{ evaluate } \\&lt;br /&gt;
s(\mu,t^k) = l(u_N(\mu,t);\mu), \\&lt;br /&gt;
\text{where } u_N(\mu,t) \in X_{N}(\Omega) \text{ satisfies } \\&lt;br /&gt;
m(u_N(\mu,t^k),v;\mu) + \Delta t a(u_N(\mu,t^k),v;\mu) = m(u_N(\mu,t^{k-1}),v;\mu) +  &lt;br /&gt;
\Delta t f(v;\mu)u_N(\mu, t^k), \forall v \in X_N.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the assumption of affine form can be relaxed in practice, then the empirical interpolation method [1] can be exploited for &lt;br /&gt;
offline-online decomposition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This method has been used for [[Batch_Chromatography|Batch Chromatography]], where the empirical interpolation method was used for treating the nonaffinity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[1] M. Barrault, Y. Maday, N.C. Nguyen, and A.T. Patera, &lt;br /&gt;
An &#039;empirical interpolation&#039; method: application&lt;br /&gt;
to efficient reduced-basis discretization of partial differential equations, &lt;br /&gt;
C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Series I, 339 (2004), 667-672.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] M. Grepl,&lt;br /&gt;
Reduced--basis approximations and posteriori error estimation for parabolic partial differential equations, &lt;br /&gt;
PhD thesis, MIT, 2005.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] B. Haasdonk and M. Ohlberger,&lt;br /&gt;
Reduced basis method for finite volume approximations of parameterized linear evolution equations, &lt;br /&gt;
Mathematical Modeling and Numerical Analysis, 42 (2008), 277-302.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] G. Rozza, D.B.P. Huynh, A.T. Patera&lt;br /&gt;
Reduced Basis Approximation and a Posteriori Error Estimation for Affinely Parametrized Elliptic Coercive Partial Differential Equations,&lt;br /&gt;
Arch Comput Methods Eng (2008) 15: 229–275.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:hessm|Martin Hess]]&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Zhangy|Yongjin Zhang]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Moment-matching_PMOR_method&amp;diff=1200</id>
		<title>Moment-matching PMOR method</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Moment-matching_PMOR_method&amp;diff=1200"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:19:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method introduced here is described in [1] and [2], which is an extension of the moment-matching MOR method for nonparametric systems (see [5][6] for moment-matching MOR). The method is applicable for linear parametrized systems, either in frequency domain or in time domain. For example, the parametric system in frequency domain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(E_0+s_1 E+s_2E_2+\ldots +s_pE_p)x=Bu(s_1,\ldots,s_p), \quad&lt;br /&gt;
y=Cx,    \quad \quad \quad \quad (1)           &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;                                              &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;s_1=j2 \pi f&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the frequency domain variable, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the frequency. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;s_2, s_3, \ldots, s_{p}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters of the system. They can be any scalar functions of some source parameters, like &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;s_2=e^t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;t&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is time, or combinations of several physical (geometrical) parameters like &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;s_2=\rho v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\rho&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are two independent physical (geometrical) parameters. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x(t)\in \mathbb{R}^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u \in \mathbb{R}^{d_I}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y \in&lt;br /&gt;
\mathbb{R}^{d_O}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the inputs and outputs of the&lt;br /&gt;
system, respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the reduced model in (2), a&lt;br /&gt;
projection matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times r}, r\ll n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; has to be computed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^T(E_0+s_1E_1+s_2E_2+\ldots +s_pE_p)Vx=V^TBu(s_1,\ldots,s_p), &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y=CVx.  \quad \quad \quad \quad  \quad \quad \quad \quad \quad \quad \quad \quad(2)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is derived by orthogonalizing a number of moment&lt;br /&gt;
matrices of the system in (1) as follows, see [1] or [2].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By defining &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\tilde{E}=E_0+s_1^0E_1+s_2^0E_2+\cdots+s_p^0E_p,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;B_M=\tilde{E}^{-1}B, M_i=-\tilde{E}^{-1}E_i,i=1,2,\ldots,p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &lt;br /&gt;
we can expand &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in (1) at &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;s_1, s_2, \ldots, s_p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; around &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;p_0=[s_1^0,s_2^0,\cdots,s_p^0]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as below,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 x=[I-(\sigma_1M_1+\ldots +\sigma_pM_p)]^{-1}B_Mu(s_1,\ldots,s_p)&lt;br /&gt;
 =\sum\limits_{i=0}^{\infty}(\sigma_1M_1+\ldots+\sigma_pM_p)^iB_Mu(s_1,\ldots,s_p).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_i=s_i-s_i^0, i=1,2,\ldots,p&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. We call the coefficients&lt;br /&gt;
in the above series expansion moment matrices of the parametrized&lt;br /&gt;
system, i.e. &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;B_M, M_1B_M, \ldots, M_pB_M, M_1^2B_M, (M_1M_2+M_2M_1)B_M, \ldots, (M_1M_p+M_pM_1)B_M, M_p^2B_M, M_1^3B_M, \ldots&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The corresponding moments of the transfer function are those moment&lt;br /&gt;
matrices multiplied by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; from the left. The matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be&lt;br /&gt;
generated by first explicitly computing some of the moment matrices&lt;br /&gt;
and then orthogonalizing them as suggested in [1].&lt;br /&gt;
The resulting &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is desired to expand the subspace:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathop{\mathrm{range}}\{V\}=\mathop{\mathrm{span}}\{B_M, \ M_1B_M,\ldots, M_pB_M,\ M_1^2B_M, \, (M_1M_2+M_2M_1)B_M, \ldots, (M_1M_p+M_pM_1)B_M, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 M_p^2B_M, M_1^3B_M,\ldots, M_1^rB_M, \ldots,M_p^rB_M \}.        \quad \quad \quad   \quad      (3)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; does not really span the whole subspace, because the&lt;br /&gt;
latterly computed vectors in the subspace become linearly dependent&lt;br /&gt;
due to numerical instability. Therefore, with this matrix &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; one&lt;br /&gt;
cannot get an accurate reduced model which matches all the moments&lt;br /&gt;
algebraically included in the subspace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of directly computing the moment matrices in (3), a&lt;br /&gt;
numerically robust method is proposed in [2] ( the&lt;br /&gt;
detailed algorithm is described in [3] ), which combines&lt;br /&gt;
the recursion in (5) with the modified Gram-Schmidt&lt;br /&gt;
process to implicitly compute the moment matrices. The computed &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is actually an orthonormal basis of the subspace as below,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\mathop{\mathrm{range}}\{V\}=\mathop{\mathrm{span}}\{R_0, R_1,\ldots, R_r \}.  \quad \quad \quad  \quad (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; R_0 =[B_M],&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_1=[M_1R_0,\ldots, M_pR_0], &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_2=[M_1R_1,\ldots, M_pR_1], \quad \quad \quad \quad (5) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;                      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_r=[M_1R_{r-1},\ldots, M_pR_{r-1}]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \vdots.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the numerical stability properties of&lt;br /&gt;
the repeated modified Gram-Schmidt process employed in&lt;br /&gt;
[2] and [3], the reduced model derived from &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
in (4) is computed in a numerically stable and accurate way. Applications of the method in [2][3] to the parametric models [[Gyroscope]], [[Silicon nitride membrane]], and [[Microthruster Unit]], can be found in [4].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] L. Daniel, O. C. Siong, L. S. Chay, K. H. Lee, and J.~White. &amp;quot;A&lt;br /&gt;
multiparameter moment-matching model-reduction approach for&lt;br /&gt;
generating geometrically parameterized interconnect performance&lt;br /&gt;
models,&amp;quot; IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Des. Integr.&lt;br /&gt;
Circuits Syst, 22(5): 678--693, 2004.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] L. Feng and P. Benner, &amp;quot;A Robust Algorithm for Parametric Model&lt;br /&gt;
Order Reduction,&amp;quot; In Proc. Applied Mathematics and&lt;br /&gt;
Mechanics (ICIAM 2007), 7(1): 10215.01--02, 2007.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] L. Feng and P. Benner, &amp;quot;A robust algorithm for parametric model&lt;br /&gt;
order reduction based on implicit moment matching,&amp;quot; submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[4] L. Feng, P. Benner, J.G Korvink, &amp;quot;Subspace recycling accelerates the parametric macromodeling of MEMS&amp;quot; International Journal for Numerical Methods in Engineering, 94(1): 84-110, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[5] L. Feng, P. Benner, and J.G Korvink, &amp;quot;System-level modeling of MEMS by means of model order reduction (mathematical approximation)--mathematical background. In T. Bechtold, G. Schrag, and L. Feng, editors, System-Level Modeling of MEMS, Advanced Micro &amp;amp; Nanosystems. ISBN 978-3-527-31903-9, Wiley-VCH, 2013.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[6] A. Odabasioglu, M. Celik, and L. T. Pileggi, &amp;quot;PRIMA: passive&lt;br /&gt;
reduced-order interconnect macromodeling algorithm,&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Des. Integr. Circuits Syst.,17(8):645--654,1998.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1199</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1199"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:17:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Linear Algebra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable minimal (controllable and observable) system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since in general the  spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values for such a balanced system they are given by: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given an arbitrary system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(\tilde{A},\tilde{B},\tilde{C},\tilde{D})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; we transform into a balanced one via a state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)= (T\tilde{A}T^{-1},T\tilde{B},\tilde{C}T^{-1},\tilde{D})=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This transformed system has transformed Gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=T\tilde{P}T^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Q=T^{-T}\tilde{Q}T^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which are equal and diagonal.&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where r is the order of the reduced system. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=MESS&amp;diff=1198</id>
		<title>MESS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=MESS&amp;diff=1198"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:16:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: change categories&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Linear Algebra]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:sparse]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/mess MESS], the &#039;&#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;&#039;atrix &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;quations and &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;parse &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;olvers library, is the successor to the [http://www.netlib.org/lyapack/ Lyapack Toolbox] for MATLAB. It will be available as a MATLAB toolbox, as well as, a C-library. It is intended for solving large sparse matrix equations as well as problems from model order reduction and optimal control. The C version provides a large set of axillary subroutines for sparse matrix computations and efficient usage of modern multicore workstations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
A list of the main features (some partially finished at the current stage) of both the MATLAB and C versions is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Solvers for large and sparse matrix Riccati (algebraic and differential) and Lyapunov (algebraic) equations&lt;br /&gt;
* Balanced Truncation based MOR for first and second order state space systems and index 1 DAEs&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{H}_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-MOR via the IRKA and TSIA algorithms&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic tools for Large sparse linear quadratic optimal control problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The C version moreover provides:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* sophisticated Multicore parallelism&lt;br /&gt;
* compressed file I/O&lt;br /&gt;
* uniform access to linear algebra routines&lt;br /&gt;
* specially structured Sylvester equation solvers&lt;br /&gt;
* interfaces to [http://www.netlib.org/blas BLAS], [http://www.netlib.org/lapack LAPACK], [http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/SuiteSparse/ Suitesparse], [http://www.slicot.org Slicot]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Saak| Jens Saak]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=FitzHugh-Nagumo_System&amp;diff=1197</id>
		<title>FitzHugh-Nagumo System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=FitzHugh-Nagumo_System&amp;diff=1197"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:15:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:non-linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[:Wikipedia:FitzHugh–Nagumo_model|FitzHugh-Nagumo]] system describes a prototype of an excitable system (e.g., a neuron). &lt;br /&gt;
If the external stimulus &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i_0(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; exceeds a certain threshold value, the system will exhibit a characteristic excursion in phase space, before the variables &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; relax back to their rest values. This behaviour is typical for spike generations (=short elevation of membrane voltage  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;) in a neuron after stimulation by an external input current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figure id=&amp;quot;fig:fhn&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FHN.png|frame|&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;FitzHugh-Nagumo System&amp;lt;/caption&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we present the setting from &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;chat10&amp;quot;&amp;gt;S. Chaturantabut and D.C. Sorensen, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1137/090766498 Nonlinear Model Reduction via Discrete Empirical Interpolation]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 32 (2010), pp. 2737-2764.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, where the equations for the dynamical system read&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\epsilon v_t(x,t)=\epsilon^2v_{xx}(x,t)+f(v(x,t))-w(x,t)+g,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 w_t(x,t)=hv(x,t)-\gamma w(x,t)+g,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(v)=v(v-0.1)(1-v)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and initial and boundary conditions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  v(x,0)=0,\quad w(x,0)=0, \quad x\in [0,1], &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  v_x(0,t)=-i_0(t), \quad v_x(1,t)\quad =0, \quad t \geq 0,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon=0.015,\;h=0.5,\;\gamma=2,\;g=0.05,\;i_0(t)=5\cdot&lt;br /&gt;
10^4t^3 \exp(-15t).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; In &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;chat10&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, the previous system of coupled nonlinear PDEs is spatially discretized by means of a finite difference scheme with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k=512 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; nodes for each PDE. Hence, one obtains a nonlinear (cubic) system of ODEs with state dimension &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n=1024&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;fig:fhn&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; shows the typical limit cycle behaviour described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reformulation as a quadratic-bilinear system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of the cubic system of ODEs, one can alternatively study a so-called quadratic-bilinear control system of the form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 E\dot{x}(t) = A x(t) + H x(t) \otimes x(t) + N x(t) u(t) + b u(t),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E,A,N \in \mathbb R^{n\times n},\ H \in \mathbb R^{n\times n^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; b \in \mathbb R.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The idea relies on artificially introducing a new state variable defined as &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z(t)=v(t)^2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and subsequently computing the dynamics of the new variable, i.e., specifying &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dot{z}(t).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The technique goes back to &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;gu11&amp;quot;&amp;gt;C. Gu, QLMOR: &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://dx.doi.org/10.1109/TCAD.2011.2142184 A Projection-Based Nonlinear Model Order Reduction Approach Using Quadratic-Linear Representation of Nonlinear Systems]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, IEEE T. Comput. Aid. D., 30 (2011), pp. 1307-1320.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, where it is successfully applied to several smooth nonlinear control-affine systems. As it is discussed in &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;benner12&amp;quot;&amp;gt;P. Benner and T. Breiten, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/preprints/2012/12/ Two-sided moment matching methods for nonlinear model reduction]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, 2012, Preprint MPIMD/12-12.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, the previously mentioned introduction of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; yields a quadratic-bilinear control of dimension &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; N = 3\cdot k&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x = [v,w,z]^T.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The increase of the state dimension has the advantage of reducing the nonlinearity from cubic to quadratic. This however opens up the possibility to reduce the system by the generalized moment-matching approach from &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;gu11&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, see also &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;benner12&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; for more details on the implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:FitzHughNagumo.tar.gz|FitzNagumo.tar.gz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrices of the quadratic-bilinear formulation discretized with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k=512&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are in the [http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/ Matrix Market] format. The matrix name is used as an extension of the matrix file. For the input function, we have &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;u(t)=[i_0(t),1]&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. For more information on the discretization details, see &amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;chat10&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Breiten]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Branchline_Coupler&amp;diff=1196</id>
		<title>Branchline Coupler</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Branchline_Coupler&amp;diff=1196"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:15:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: change categories&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric 2-5 parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:second differential order]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A branchline coupler (see &amp;lt;xr id=&amp;quot;fig:branch&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;) is a microwave semiconductor device, which is simulated by the time-harmonic Maxwell&#039;s equation.&lt;br /&gt;
A 2-section branchline coupler consists of four strip line ports, coupled to each other by two transversal bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
The energy excited at one port is coupled almost in equal shares to the two opposite ports, when considered as a [[List_of_abbreviations#MIMO|MIMO]]-system.&lt;br /&gt;
Here, only the [[List_of_abbreviations#SISO|SISO]] case is considered. &lt;br /&gt;
The branchline coupler with 0.05 mm thickness is placed on a substrate with 0.749 mm thickness and relative permittivity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \epsilon_r = 2.2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and zero-conductivity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma = 0 S/m &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The simulation domain is confined to a &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; 23.6 \times 22 \times 7 mm^3 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; box.&lt;br /&gt;
The metallic ground plane of the device is represented by the electric boundary condition. The magnetic boundary &lt;br /&gt;
condition is considered for the other sides of the structures. The discrete input port with source impedance 50 ohm&lt;br /&gt;
imposes 1 A current as the input. The voltage along the coupled port at the end of the other side of the coupler is&lt;br /&gt;
read as the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;figure id=&amp;quot;fig:branch&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BranchlineCoupler.png|frame|&amp;lt;caption&amp;gt;Branchline Coupler Model&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;M. W. Hess, P. Benner, &amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;plainlinks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/preprints/2012/MPIMD12-17.pdf Fast Evaluation of Time-Harmonic Maxwell&#039;s Equations Using the Reduced Basis Method]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, MPI preprint, 2012.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/caption&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/figure&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considered parameters are the frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the relative permeability &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu_r &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affine form &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(u, v; \omega, \mu_r) = \sum_{q=1}^Q \Theta^q(\omega, \mu_r) a^q(u, v) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be established using &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; Q = 2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; affine terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discretized bilinear form is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(u, v; \omega, \mu_r) = \sum_{q=1}^Q \Theta^q(\omega, \mu_r) A^q &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, with matrices &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; A^q &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The matrices corresponding to the bilinear forms &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a^q( \cdot , \cdot ) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as well as the input and output forms and the H(curl) inner product matrix have been assembled&lt;br /&gt;
using the Finite Element Method, resulting in 27&#039;679 degrees of freedom, after removal of boundary conditions. The files are numbered according to their &lt;br /&gt;
appearance in the summation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Matrices.tar.gz|Matrices.tar.gz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coefficient functions are given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Theta^1(\omega, \mu_r) = \frac{1}{\mu_r} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Theta^2(\omega, \mu_r) = -\omega^2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameter domain of interest is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega \in [1.0, 10.0] * 10^9 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; Hz, where the factor of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; 10^9 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; has already been taken into account &lt;br /&gt;
while assembling the matrices, while the material variation occurs between &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu_r \in [0.5, 2.0] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The input functional also has a factor of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Origin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The models have been developed within the MoreSim4Nano project&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.moresim4nano.org&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contact==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:hessm|Martin Hess]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1195</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1195"/>
		<updated>2013-04-19T09:13:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: change categories&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time-invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Linear Algebra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable minimal (controllable and observable) system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since in general the  spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values for such a balanced system they are given by: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given an arbitrary system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(\tilde{A},\tilde{B},\tilde{C},\tilde{D})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; we transform into a balanced one via a state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)= (T\tilde{A}T^{-1},T\tilde{B},\tilde{C}T^{-1},\tilde{D})=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This transformed system has transformed Gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=T\tilde{P}T^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Q=T^{-T}\tilde{Q}T^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which are equal and diagonal.&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where r is the order of the reduced system. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1180</id>
		<title>Submission rules</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Submission_rules&amp;diff=1180"/>
		<updated>2013-04-15T08:40:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: /* Document Format */ no more html&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NUMBEREDHEADINGS__&lt;br /&gt;
The PMOR benchmark collection contains benchmarks related to model order reduction. Its goal is to supply the dynamical systems in a computer-readable format  to researchers from different areas. They can then test new algorithms, software, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection contains documents that are supposed to be processed by a human being and data files that are supposed to be read automatically by software. As a result, with minor exceptions, the rules concerning documents have a recommendation status, and the rules concerning data files are obligatory.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We start with the description of documents, then we present the publication policy, and finally we describe the data files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Documents==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The collection consists of documents forming a two-level hierarchy. Top-level documents will be referred to as benchmarks. Each benchmark document may have links to several documents referred to as reports. A benchmark and its reports may be written by different authors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each document is written according to conventional scientific practice, that is, it describes the matters in such a way that, at least in principle, anyone could reproduce the results presented. The authors should understand that the document may be read by people from quite different disciplines. Hence, abbreviations should be avoided or at least explained and references to the background ideas should be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Benchmark===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The goal of a benchmark document is to describe the origin of the dynamic system and its relevance to the application area. It is important to present the mathematical model, the meaning of the inputs and outputs, and the desired behavior from the application viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few points to be addressed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The purpose of the model should be explained clearly. (For instance, simulation, iterative system design, feedback control design, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
* Why should the model be reduced at all? (For instance, reducing simulation time, reducing implementation effort in observers, controllers...)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUALITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? What variables are to be approximated well? Is the step response to be approximated or is it the bode plot? What are typical input signals? (Some systems are driven by a step function and nothing else, others are driven by a wide variety of input signals, others are used in closed loops and can cause instabilities, although being stable themselves.)&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the QUANTITATIVE requirements to the reduced model? Best would be if the authors of any individual model can suggest some cost functions (performance indices) to be used for the comparison. These can be in time domain, or in frequency domain (including bandwidth), or both.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there limits of input and state variables known? (application related or generally)? What are the physical limits where the model becomes useless/false? If known a-priori: Out of the technically typical input signals, which one will cause &amp;quot;the most nonlinear&amp;quot; behavior?&lt;br /&gt;
* How many parameters are included in the model, are they physical parameters or geometrical parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Is the system linear or nonlinear? Is it a first or a second order system? &lt;br /&gt;
* When the model is used to test, e.g. an algorithm, can some of the parameters in the model be fixed, such that the model includes fewer parameters, which makes the testing easier?&lt;br /&gt;
* If possible, the source code which generates the model is encouraged to be provided. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We stress the importance to describe the software employed, as well as its related options. For example, if the model is generated from ANSYS, the software ANSYS is better to be mentioned. If necessary, please also describe some related options like boundary conditions, initial conditions, and other parameters which need to be assigned when generating the model. Please go to the benchmark webpage [[Silicon nitride membrane]] for a reference. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the dynamic system is obtained from partial differential equations, then the information about material properties, geometrical data, initial and boundary conditions should be given. The exception to this rule is the case when the original model comes from industry. In this case, if trade secrets are tied with the information mentioned, it may be kept hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The authors are encouraged to produce several dynamic models of different dimensions in order to provide an opportunity to apply different software and to research scalability issues. If an author has an interactive page on his/her server to generate benchmarks, a link to this page is welcome.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The dynamic system may be obtained by means of compound matrices, for example, when the second-order system is converted to first-order. In this case, the document should describe such a transformation but in the data file the original and not the compound matrices should be given. This allows to research other ways of model reduction of the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above information is in a general sense. Therefore, some items may not be applicable to certain benchmarks. However, it is recommended that the items that apply to the benchmark provided should be fully considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Report===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A report document may contain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The solution of the original benchmark that contains sample outputs for the usual input signals. Plots and numerical values of time and frequency response. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, poles, zeros, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
# Model reduction and its results as compared to the original system.&lt;br /&gt;
# Description of any other related results.&lt;br /&gt;
# We stress the importance of describing the software employed as well as its related options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Document Format===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any document is considered as a Wiki-page. As such it should have a main wiki page and all other objects linked to the main page such as pictures and plots (gif, jpg/jpeg), additional documents (pdf). In particular, a document can have a small introductory main wiki page with all information in a pdf that is linked on the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The authors are advised to keep the layout simple.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Numerical data including the original dynamic system and the simulation results should be given in a special format described in Section 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Publishing Method==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A document is submitted to morwiki in the electronic form (see below) as an archive of all the appropriate files (tar.gz or zip). Then it is placed in a special area and enters a reviewing stage for four weeks. An announcement about a new document is send to reviewers chosen by an editorial board. Depending on the comments, the document is published, rejected or sent to authors to make corrections. The decision is taken by an editorial board.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A published document is never changed or deleted. Rather, a new version of the document is submitted again and it is published as a new document if accepted. In this case, the old document receives a status &amp;quot;expired&amp;quot; but it still remains in the public area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Rules for Online Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Only ZIP or TAR.GZ archives are accepted for the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
* The maximum compressed size for these files is 15 Mb.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive should contain at least one HTML file, named “index.html”. This file represents the main document file.&lt;br /&gt;
* The archive may only contain files of the following types: *.html, *.htm, *.pdf, *.gif, *.jpeg, *.jpg, *.png, *.zip, *.tar.gz, *.tgz&lt;br /&gt;
* After the submission, the files are post-processed:&lt;br /&gt;
**File types not specified above are deleted.&lt;br /&gt;
**Only the body part of every HTML file is kept.&lt;br /&gt;
**All the format/style/css information, like “style=..”, “class=..” are removed from the body part.&lt;br /&gt;
* If you decide to use PDF documents, use the “index.html” to include links to them.&lt;br /&gt;
* There are three states of the submission:&lt;br /&gt;
**Submitted: The author and the chief editor receive a notification mail. The submission is only accessible for the chief editor to accept the submission.&lt;br /&gt;
**Opened for review: The submission is open for certain users to post their comments and reviews. After that the chief editor can accept the paper.&lt;br /&gt;
**Accepted: The submission is open for everybody.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data Files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the numerical data for the collection can be considered as a list of matrices, a vector being a m x 1 matrix. As a result, there should be a naming convention for the matrices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Naming convention===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a state vector, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a vector of parameters in the system, if any.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the two cases of a linear system of first and second order, the naming convention should be written as follows&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    E (\mu) \dot x &amp;amp;= A(\mu) x + B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u  &lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
    M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu)u\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) u&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend to use for nonlinear models&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  \begin{align}&lt;br /&gt;
   M(\mu) \ddot x + E(\mu) \dot x + K(\mu) x &amp;amp;= B(\mu) u + F(\mu) g(x,u,\mu)\\&lt;br /&gt;
    y &amp;amp;= C(\mu) x + D(\mu) f(x, u,\mu)&lt;br /&gt;
  \end{align}&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An author can use another notation in the case when the convention above is not appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for linear non-parametric or parametric affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the linear non-parametric systems and the parametric affine systems, the matrices of the systems are constant matrices. Such matrices should be written in the Matrix Market format as described at http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A file with a matrix should be named as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    problem_name.matrix_name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no file for a matrix, it is assumed to be identity for the E matrix and 0 for the D matrix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrix files for a given problem should be compressed in a single zip or tar.gz archive, there should be a folder in the archive which is named with &amp;quot;problem_name&amp;quot; or with the abbreviated problem name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Matrix format for nonlinear or parametric non-affine systems===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the parametric non-affine systems, or nonlinear systems, the system matrices are coupled with the parameters and/or the state vectors. In this case, the system matrices should be analytically described if possible. For example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(1,1)=x_1^2+x_3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A(i,2)=\mu_i^3 x_i, i=1,2,\ldots m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, etc., where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mu_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the parameters, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;th entry in the state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. If the system matrices are too complicated to be described analytically, or in plain text, the source code to generate the matrices should be available (or at  &lt;br /&gt;
least should be sent after contacting the responsible person).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] Younès Chahlaoui and Paul Van Dooren. A collection of benchmark examples for model reduction of linear time invariant dynamical systems; SLICOT Working Note 2002-2: February 2002, http://www.win.tue.nl/niconet/NIC2/benchmodred.html.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Feng]] &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Baur]] &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Grundel]] &#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1089</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1089"/>
		<updated>2013-03-27T14:18:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable minimal (controllable and observable) system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since in general the  spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values for such a balanced system they are given by: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given an arbitrary system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(\tilde{A},\tilde{B},\tilde{C},\tilde{D})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; we transform into a balanced one via a state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)= (T\tilde{A}T^{-1},T\tilde{B},\tilde{C}T^{-1},\tilde{D})=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This transformed system has transformed Gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=T\tilde{P}T^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;Q=T^{-T}\tilde{Q}T^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which are equal and diagonal.&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where r is the order of the reduced system. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1088</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1088"/>
		<updated>2013-03-27T09:29:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable minimal (controllable and observable) system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Since in general the  spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values for such a balanced system they are given by: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given an arbitrary system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(\tilde{A},\tilde{B},\tilde{C},\tilde{D})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; we transform into a balanced one via a state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)= (T\tilde{A}T^{-1},T\tilde{B},\tilde{C}T^{-1},\tilde{D})=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This transformed system has transformed Gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;TPT^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T^{-T}QT^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which are equal and diagonal.&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where r is the order of the reduced system. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1087</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1087"/>
		<updated>2013-03-27T09:21:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable minimal (controllable and observable) system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to do balanced truncation one has to first compute a balanced realization via state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)\Rightarrow (TAT^{-1},TB,CT^{-1},D)=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This transformed system has transformed Gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;TPT^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T^{-T}QT^{-1}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which are equal and diagonal.&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where r is the order of the reduced system. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1051</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1051"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T12:38:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n\geq0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to do balanced truncation one has to first compute a balanced realization via state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)\Rightarrow (TAT^{-1},TB,CT^{-1},D)=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where r is the order of the reduced system. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1050</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1050"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T12:37:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n\geq0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to do balanced truncation one has to first compute a balanced realization via state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)\Rightarrow (TAT^{-1},TB,CT^{-1},D)=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation: SR Method==&lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS,\; Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} V_1^T\\V_2^T\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the reduced order model is given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(W^TAV,W^TB,CV,D)\;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; where&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W=R^T V_1\Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}},\quad V= S^T U_1 \Sigma_1^{-\frac{1}{2}}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We get then that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;V^TW=I_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which makes &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; VW^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; an oblique projector and hence balanced trunctation a Petrov-Galerkin projection method. The reduced model is stable with Hankel Singular Values given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_r&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. It is possible to choose r via the computable error bound &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \|y-\hat{y}\|_2\leq (2\sum_{k=r+1}^n\sigma_k)\|u\|_2. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1033</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1033"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T11:56:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n\geq0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to do balanced truncation one has to first compute a balanced realization via state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)\Rightarrow (TAT^{-1},TB,CT^{-1},D)=\left (\begin{bmatrix}A_{11} &amp;amp; A_{12}\\ A_{21} &amp;amp; A_{22}\end{bmatrix},\begin{bmatrix}B_1\\B_2\end{bmatrix}\begin{bmatrix} C_1 &amp;amp;C_2 \end{bmatrix},D\right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The truncated reduced system is then given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (\hat{A},\hat{B},\hat{C},\hat{D})=(A_{11},B_1,C_1,D) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
One computes it for example by the SR Method.&lt;br /&gt;
First one computes the (Cholesky) factors of the gramians &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;P=S^TS, Q=R^TR&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Then we compute the singular value decomposition of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; SR^T=\begin{bmatrix} U_1 U_2 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \Sigma_1 &amp;amp; \\ &amp;amp; \Sigma_2\end{bmatrix}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1025</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1025"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T11:36:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n\geq0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to do balanced truncation one has to first compute a balanced realization via state-space transformation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (A,B,C,D)\Rightarrow (TAT^{-1},TB,CT^{-1},D)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1020</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1020"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T08:47:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: Start of the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n\geq0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spectrum of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; (PQ)^{\frac{1}{2}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; which is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n\}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are the Hankel singular values.&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1019</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1019"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T08:44:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;/Sigma&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; , realized by (A,B,C,D) is called balanced, if the Gramians, i.e. the solutions P,Q  of the Lyapunov equations&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; AP+PA^T+BB^T=0,\quad A^TQ+QA+C^TC=0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
satisfy &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; P=Q=diag(\sigma_1,\dots,\sigma_n)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma_1\geq\sigma_2\geq \dots\geq\sigma_n\geq0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1018</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=1018"/>
		<updated>2013-03-25T08:41:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A stable system &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;Sigma&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=938</id>
		<title>Balanced Truncation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Balanced_Truncation&amp;diff=938"/>
		<updated>2013-03-08T12:37:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: Start the BT page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:method]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An important projection model reduction method which delivers high quality reduced models by making an extra effort in choosing the projection subspaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Branchline_Coupler&amp;diff=874</id>
		<title>Branchline Coupler</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Branchline_Coupler&amp;diff=874"/>
		<updated>2012-11-27T07:57:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: /* Model Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:physical parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:two parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:second order system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Model Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A branchline coupler is a microwave semiconductor device, which is simulated by the time-harmonic Maxwell&#039;s equation.&lt;br /&gt;
A 2-section branchline coupler consists of four strip line ports, coupled to each other by two transversal bridges.&lt;br /&gt;
The energy excited at one port is coupled almost in equal shares to the two opposite ports, when considered as a MIMO-system.&lt;br /&gt;
Here, only the SISO case is considered. &lt;br /&gt;
The branchline coupler with 0.05 mm thickness is placed on a substrate with 0.749 mm thickness and relative permittivity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \epsilon_r = 2.2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and zero-conductivity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma = 0 S/m &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The simulation domain is confined to a &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; 23.6 \times 22 \times 7 mm^3 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; box.&lt;br /&gt;
The metallic ground plane of the device is represented by the electric boundary condition. The magnetic boundary &lt;br /&gt;
condition is considered for the other sides of the structures. The discrete input port with source impedance 50 ohm&lt;br /&gt;
imposes 1 A current as the input. The voltage along the coupled port at the end of the other side of the coupler is&lt;br /&gt;
read as the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BranchlineCoupler.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Matrices and Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considered parameters are the frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the relative permeability &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu_r &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affine form &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(u, v; \omega, \mu_r) = \sum_{q=1}^Q \Theta^q(\omega, \mu_r) a^q(u, v) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be established using &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; Q = 2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; affine terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discretized bilinear form is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(u, v; \omega, \mu_r) = \sum_{q=1}^Q \Theta^q(\omega, \mu_r) A^q &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, with matrices &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; A^q &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The matrices corresponding to the bilinear forms &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a^q( \cdot , \cdot ) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as well as the input and output forms and the H(curl) inner product matrix have been assembled&lt;br /&gt;
using the Finite Element Method, resulting in 27&#039;679 degrees of freedom, after removal of boundary conditions. The files are numbered according to their &lt;br /&gt;
appearance in the summation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Matrices.tar.gz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coefficient functions are given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Theta^1(\omega, \mu_r) = \frac{1}{\mu_r} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Theta^2(\omega, \mu_r) = -\omega^2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameter domain of interest is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega \in [1.0, 10.0] * 10^9 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; Hz, where the factor of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; 10^9 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; has already been taken into account &lt;br /&gt;
while assembling the matrices, while the material variation occurs between &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu_r \in [0.5, 2.0] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The input functional also has a factor of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The models have been developed within the MoreSim4Nano project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] www.moresim4nano.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] M. W. Hess, P. Benner, Fast Evaluation of Time-Harmonic Maxwell&#039;s Equations Using the Reduced Basis Method, MPI preprint&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/preprints/2012/MPIMD12-17.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:hessm|Martin Hess]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Branchline_Coupler&amp;diff=873</id>
		<title>Branchline Coupler</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=Branchline_Coupler&amp;diff=873"/>
		<updated>2012-11-27T07:57:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: /* Model Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:parametric system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:linear system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:physical parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:two parameters]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:second order system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Model Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A branchline coupler is a microwave semiconductor device, which is simulated by the time-harmonic Maxwell&#039;s equation.&lt;br /&gt;
A 2-section branchline coupler consists of four strip line ports, coupled by two transversal bridges with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
The energy excited at one port is coupled almost in equal shares to the two opposite ports, when considered as a MIMO-system.&lt;br /&gt;
Here, only the SISO case is considered. &lt;br /&gt;
The branchline coupler with 0.05 mm thickness is placed on a substrate with 0.749 mm thickness and relative permittivity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \epsilon_r = 2.2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and zero-conductivity &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sigma = 0 S/m &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
The simulation domain is confined to a &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; 23.6 \times 22 \times 7 mm^3 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; box.&lt;br /&gt;
The metallic ground plane of the device is represented by the electric boundary condition. The magnetic boundary &lt;br /&gt;
condition is considered for the other sides of the structures. The discrete input port with source impedance 50 ohm&lt;br /&gt;
imposes 1 A current as the input. The voltage along the coupled port at the end of the other side of the coupler is&lt;br /&gt;
read as the output.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:BranchlineCoupler.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Matrices and Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Considered parameters are the frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the relative permeability &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu_r &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; . &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The affine form &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(u, v; \omega, \mu_r) = \sum_{q=1}^Q \Theta^q(\omega, \mu_r) a^q(u, v) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; can be established using &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; Q = 2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; affine terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discretized bilinear form is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a(u, v; \omega, \mu_r) = \sum_{q=1}^Q \Theta^q(\omega, \mu_r) A^q &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, with matrices &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; A^q &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The matrices corresponding to the bilinear forms &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; a^q( \cdot , \cdot ) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; as well as the input and output forms and the H(curl) inner product matrix have been assembled&lt;br /&gt;
using the Finite Element Method, resulting in 27&#039;679 degrees of freedom, after removal of boundary conditions. The files are numbered according to their &lt;br /&gt;
appearance in the summation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Matrices.tar.gz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The coefficient functions are given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Theta^1(\omega, \mu_r) = \frac{1}{\mu_r} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \Theta^2(\omega, \mu_r) = -\omega^2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The parameter domain of interest is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega \in [1.0, 10.0] * 10^9 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; Hz, where the factor of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; 10^9 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; has already been taken into account &lt;br /&gt;
while assembling the matrices, while the material variation occurs between &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mu_r \in [0.5, 2.0] &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. The input functional also has a factor of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \omega &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The models have been developed within the MoreSim4Nano project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] www.moresim4nano.org&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] M. W. Hess, P. Benner, Fast Evaluation of Time-Harmonic Maxwell&#039;s Equations Using the Reduced Basis Method, MPI preprint&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/preprints/2012/MPIMD12-17.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:hessm|Martin Hess]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=MESS&amp;diff=872</id>
		<title>MESS</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=MESS&amp;diff=872"/>
		<updated>2012-11-27T07:41:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Software]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software_Linear_Algebra]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Software_Sparse_Methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/mess MESS], the &#039;&#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;&#039;atrix &#039;&#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&#039;quations and &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;parse &#039;&#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;&#039;olvers library, is the successor to the [http://www.netlib.org/lyapack/ Lyapack Toolbox] for MATLAB. It will be available as a MATLAB toolbox, as well as, a C-library. It is intended for solving large sparse matrix equations as well as problems from model order reduction and optimal control. The C version provides a large set of axillary subroutines for sparse matrix computations and efficient usage of modern multicore workstations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Features ==&lt;br /&gt;
A list of the main features (some partially finished at the current stage) of both the MATLAB and C versions is:&lt;br /&gt;
* Solvers for large and sparse matrix Riccati (algebraic and differential) and Lyapunov (algebraic) equations&lt;br /&gt;
* Balanced Truncation based MOR for first and second order state space systems and index 1 DAEs&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{H}_2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;-MOR via the IRKA and TSIA algorithms&lt;br /&gt;
* Basic tools for Large sparse linear quadratic optimal control problems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The C version moreover provides:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* sophisticated Multicore parallelism&lt;br /&gt;
* compressed file I/O&lt;br /&gt;
* uniform access to linear algebra routines&lt;br /&gt;
* specially structured Sylvester equation solvers&lt;br /&gt;
* interfaces to [http://www.netlib.org/blas BLAS], [http://www.netlib.org/lapack LAPACK], [http://www.cise.ufl.edu/research/sparse/SuiteSparse/ Suitesparse], [http://www.slicot.org Slicot]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contact ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Saak| Jens Saak]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=FitzHugh-Nagumo_System&amp;diff=659</id>
		<title>FitzHugh-Nagumo System</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=FitzHugh-Nagumo_System&amp;diff=659"/>
		<updated>2012-11-20T16:32:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: /* Reformulation as a quadratic-bilinear system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:benchmark]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:non-linear system]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:time invariant]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:first order system]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FitzHugh-Nagumo system describes a prototype of an excitable system (e.g., a neuron). &lt;br /&gt;
If the external stimulus &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;i_0(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; exceeds a certain threshold value, the system will exhibit a characteristic excursion in phase space, before the variables &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;w&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; relax back to their rest values. This behaviour is typical for spike generations (=short elevation of membrane voltage  &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;) in a neuron after stimulation by an external input current.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, we present the setting from [1], where the equations for the dynamical system read&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\epsilon v_t(x,t)=\epsilon^2v_{xx}(x,t)+f(v(x,t))-w(x,t)+g,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 w_t(x,t)=hv(x,t)-\gamma w(x,t)+g,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(v)=v(v-0.1)(1-v)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and initial and boundary conditions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  v(x,0)=0,\quad w(x,0)=0, \quad x\in [0,1], &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  v_x(0,t)=-i_0(t), \quad v_x(1,t)\quad =0, \quad t \geq 0,&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\epsilon=0.015,\;h=0.5,\;\gamma=2,\;g=0.05,\;i_0(t)=5\cdot&lt;br /&gt;
10^4t^3 \exp(-15t).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; In [1], the previous system of coupled nonlinear PDEs is spatially discretized by means of a finite difference scheme with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k=512 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; nodes for each PDE. Hence, one obtains a nonlinear (cubic) system of ODEs with state dimension &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n=1024. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The following picture shows the typical limit cycle behaviour described above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FHN.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reformulation as a quadratic-bilinear system==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of the cubic system of ODEs, one can alternatively study a so-called quadratic-bilinear control system of the form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 E\dot{x}(t) = A x(t) + H x(t) \otimes x(t) + N x(t) u(t) + b u(t),&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E,A,N \in \mathbb R^{n\times n},\ H \in \mathbb R^{n\times n^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; b \in \mathbb R.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The idea relies on artificially introducing a new state variable defined as &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z(t)=v(t)^2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and subsequently computing the dynamics of the new variable, i.e., specifying &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\dot{z}(t).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The technique goes back to [2], where it is successfully applied to several smooth nonlinear control-affine systems. As it is discussed in [3], the previously mentioned introduction of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;z&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; yields a quadratic-bilinear control of dimension &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; N = 3\cdot k&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; with state vector &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x = [v,w,z]^T.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; The increase of the state dimension has the advantage of reducing the nonlinearity from cubic to quadratic. This however opens up the possibility to reduce the system by the generalized moment-matching approach from [2], see also [3] for more details on the implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Data==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FHN.tar.gz]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All matrices of the quadratic-bilinear formulation discretized with &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;k=512&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are in the Matrix Market format (http://math.nist.gov/MatrixMarket/). The matrix name is used as an extension of the matrix file. For more information on the discretization details, see [1].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[1] S. Chaturantabut and D.C. Sorensen, Nonlinear Model Reduction via Discrete Empirical Interpolation, SIAM J. Sci. Comput., 32 (2010), pp. 2737-2764.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[2] C. Gu, QLMOR: A Projection-Based Nonlinear Model Order Reduction Approach Using Quadratic-Linear Representation of Nonlinear Systems, IEEE T. Comput. Aid. D., 30 (2011), pp. 1307-1320.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[3] P. Benner and T. Breiten, Two-sided moment matching methods for nonlinear model reduction, 2012, Preprint MPIMD/12-12.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039; [[User:Breiten]]&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=User:Grundel&amp;diff=645</id>
		<title>User:Grundel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=User:Grundel&amp;diff=645"/>
		<updated>2012-11-20T16:10:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sara Grundel&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Computational Methods in Systems and Control Theory,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Max Planck Institute for Dynamics of Complex Technical Systems,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sandtorstr. 1,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
39106 Madgeburg&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tel.: +49-391-6110-805&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fax: +49-391-6110-453&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E-mail: grundel@mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de/mpcsc/grundel/&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=User:Grundel&amp;diff=644</id>
		<title>User:Grundel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://modelreduction.org/morwiki/index.php?title=User:Grundel&amp;diff=644"/>
		<updated>2012-11-20T16:09:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grundel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sara Grundel&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Computational Methods in Systems and Control Theory,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Max Planck Institute for Dynamics of Complex Technical Systems,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sandtorstr. 1,&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
39106 Madgeburg&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tel.: +49-391-6110-805&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Fax: +49-391-6110-453&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E-mail: grundel@mpi-magdeburg.mpg.de&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grundel</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>